1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
97 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
99 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
100 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
102 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
103 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
104 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
105 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
106 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
107 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
108 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
109 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
111 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
115 #ifndef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
116 #define DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO 0
119 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
120 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
123 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
124 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
125 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
126 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
128 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
132 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
133 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
134 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
135 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
136 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
139 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
140 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
142 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
146 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
148 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
149 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
150 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
151 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
152 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
153 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
154 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
155 && (flag_unwind_tables
156 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
160 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
163 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
167 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
170 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
172 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
174 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
177 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
178 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
182 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
183 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
186 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
188 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
191 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
196 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
200 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
202 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
205 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
206 must be kept around forever. */
207 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
209 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
210 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
211 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
213 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
216 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
217 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
218 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
219 define type declaration DIE's. */
220 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
222 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
233 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
234 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
235 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
237 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
239 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
241 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
242 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
243 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
246 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
247 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
248 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
250 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
251 Information instructions. The register number, offset
252 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
253 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
255 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
257 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
263 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
264 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
265 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
266 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
267 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
271 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
272 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
273 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
274 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
276 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
281 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
282 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
283 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
284 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
285 of this structure. */
286 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
287 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
288 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
290 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
291 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
294 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
295 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
296 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
297 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
298 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
300 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
302 const char *dw_fde_begin;
303 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_end;
305 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue;
306 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue;
307 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
308 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
309 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
310 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
311 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
312 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
313 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
314 unsigned funcdef_number;
315 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
316 unsigned int drap_reg;
317 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
318 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
319 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
320 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
321 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
322 unsigned nothrow : 1;
323 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
324 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
325 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
326 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
327 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
328 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
329 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
330 cold_text_section. */
331 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
332 /* True iff switched sections. */
333 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
334 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
335 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
339 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
340 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
342 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
343 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
344 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
345 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
347 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
348 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
351 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
352 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
353 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
356 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
360 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
362 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
363 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
366 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
367 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
368 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
371 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
372 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
374 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
375 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
378 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
379 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
380 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
382 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
383 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
384 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
385 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
387 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
391 /* CIE identifier. */
392 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
393 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
394 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
396 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
399 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
400 information for each routine. */
401 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
403 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
404 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
406 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
407 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
409 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
411 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
413 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
415 static inline dw_fde_ref
418 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
421 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
422 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
424 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
425 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
426 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
427 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
428 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
430 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
432 unsigned int refcount;
433 enum dwarf_form form;
437 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
439 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
441 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
443 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
444 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
446 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
447 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
449 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
451 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
452 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
454 /* The default cold text section. */
455 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
457 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
459 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
460 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
461 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
462 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
463 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
464 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
465 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
466 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
467 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
487 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *mem_loc_descriptor
488 (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status);
490 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
491 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
492 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
495 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
496 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
497 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
499 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
500 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
503 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
504 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
507 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
508 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
511 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
512 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
515 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
516 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
519 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
520 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
522 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
523 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
524 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
525 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
526 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
527 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
528 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
529 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
530 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
531 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
533 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
534 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
540 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
544 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
545 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
546 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
547 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
550 /* Hook used by __throw. */
553 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
555 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
556 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
559 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
560 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
563 stripattributes (const char *s)
565 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
570 while (*s && *s != ',')
577 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
578 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
581 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
584 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
585 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
588 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
590 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
591 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
593 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
594 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
598 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
599 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
602 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
604 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
607 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
610 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
613 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
614 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
615 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
616 bool wrote_return_column = false;
618 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
620 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
622 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
624 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
625 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
628 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
629 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
630 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
632 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
634 wrote_return_column = true;
636 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
640 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
641 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
645 if (!wrote_return_column)
646 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
648 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
649 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
652 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
655 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
658 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
665 return "DW_CFA_offset";
667 return "DW_CFA_restore";
671 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
672 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
673 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
674 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
675 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
676 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
677 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
678 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
679 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
682 case DW_CFA_undefined:
683 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
684 case DW_CFA_same_value:
685 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
686 case DW_CFA_register:
687 return "DW_CFA_register";
688 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
689 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
690 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
691 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
693 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
694 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
695 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
700 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
701 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
702 case DW_CFA_expression:
703 return "DW_CFA_expression";
704 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
705 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
706 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
707 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
708 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
709 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
711 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
712 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
713 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
716 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
717 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
718 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
719 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
720 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
721 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
724 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
728 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
730 static inline dw_cfi_ref
733 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
735 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
736 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
737 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
742 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
745 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
748 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
750 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
751 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
752 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
753 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
754 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
755 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
756 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
760 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
762 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
769 /* Find the end of the chain. */
770 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
776 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
777 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
780 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
782 static char label[20];
784 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
786 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
787 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
789 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
793 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
794 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
800 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
801 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
803 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
804 static bool any_cfis_emitted;
806 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
807 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
810 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
812 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
814 if (emit_cfa_remember)
816 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
818 /* Emit the state save. */
819 emit_cfa_remember = false;
820 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
821 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
822 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
825 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
827 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
831 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
833 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
835 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
836 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
837 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
838 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
839 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
840 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
841 if (dwarf_version == 2
842 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
843 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
844 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
846 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
848 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
850 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
853 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
854 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
855 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
856 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
858 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
859 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
863 label = xstrdup (label);
865 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
867 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
868 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
869 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
870 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
871 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
872 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
873 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
874 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
882 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
884 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
885 any_cfis_emitted = true;
887 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
888 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
889 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
890 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
891 sure how to address this for now. */
895 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
897 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
900 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
902 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
903 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
907 label = xstrdup (label);
909 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
911 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
912 set the location directly using set_loc. */
913 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
914 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
916 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
917 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
919 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
922 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
923 any_cfis_emitted = true;
926 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
929 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
932 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
934 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
937 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
938 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
941 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
944 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
945 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
946 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
948 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
949 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
952 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
953 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
955 remember->in_use = 1;
957 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
958 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
960 remember->in_use = 0;
968 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
971 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
975 dw_cfa_location remember;
977 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
978 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
981 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
982 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
984 fde = current_fde ();
986 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
987 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
990 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
991 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
993 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
995 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
997 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
998 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
1000 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1001 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
1003 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1004 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
1006 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1007 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1008 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1011 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1013 dw_cfa_location loc;
1015 loc.base_offset = 0;
1017 loc.offset = offset;
1018 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1021 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1024 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1026 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1027 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1028 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1029 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1030 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1033 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1034 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1037 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1040 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1045 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1046 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1048 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1049 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1051 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1052 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1057 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1059 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1060 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1061 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1062 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1066 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1067 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1070 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1071 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1072 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1074 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1076 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1077 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1078 offset has not changed. */
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1084 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1086 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1087 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1088 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1089 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1094 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1095 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1096 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1100 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1101 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1102 register-offset pair is available. */
1103 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1105 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1106 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1107 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1110 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1113 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1114 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1115 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1116 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1119 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1121 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1122 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1124 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1126 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1129 && fde->stack_realign
1130 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1132 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1134 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1135 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1137 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1139 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1140 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1141 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1142 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1144 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1145 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1147 else if (sreg == reg)
1148 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1151 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1152 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1155 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1158 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1159 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1160 from the previous frame's window save area.
1162 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1163 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1166 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1168 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1170 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1171 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1174 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1175 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1178 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1180 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1183 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1184 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1187 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1189 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1192 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1193 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1196 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1198 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1201 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1202 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1205 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1207 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1208 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1210 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1213 /* RA is in a register. */
1214 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1218 /* RA is on the stack. */
1219 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1220 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1223 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1228 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1229 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1233 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1234 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1244 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1245 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1246 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1247 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1248 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1255 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1256 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1259 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1262 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1263 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1264 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1266 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1267 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1268 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1271 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1273 code = GET_CODE (src);
1275 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1277 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1279 offset = -cur_args_size;
1280 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1283 return offset - cur_offset;
1286 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1287 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1288 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1291 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1292 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1298 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1302 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1303 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1304 code = GET_CODE (src);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1313 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1314 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1315 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1316 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1323 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1325 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1332 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1334 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1349 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1350 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1352 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1354 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1356 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1357 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1358 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1360 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1363 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1365 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1367 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1368 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1369 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1370 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1372 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1374 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1375 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1376 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1377 cur_args_size, offset);
1382 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1386 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1387 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1388 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1389 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1391 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1393 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1394 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1399 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1403 cur_args_size += offset;
1404 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1409 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1413 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1415 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1416 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1421 return cur_args_size;
1424 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1427 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1429 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1431 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1433 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1434 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1435 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1437 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1438 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1439 insn = get_insns ();
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1441 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1444 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1446 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1447 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1449 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1450 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1451 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1452 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1453 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1455 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1457 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1459 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1464 if (insn == first_insn)
1466 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1468 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1473 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1474 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1479 body = PATTERN (insn);
1480 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1482 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1483 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1484 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1485 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1487 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1488 dest_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1492 cur_args_size, &next);
1494 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1495 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1496 dest_args_size, &next);
1499 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1500 cur_args_size, &next);
1504 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1508 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1511 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1515 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1518 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1519 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1522 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1523 pushed onto the stack. */
1526 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1530 if (size == old_args_size)
1533 old_args_size = size;
1536 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1537 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1538 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1541 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1544 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1546 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1547 cfa.offset += offset;
1549 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1550 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1552 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1555 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1559 args_size += offset;
1563 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1564 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1565 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1568 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1569 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1570 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1573 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1575 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1579 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1580 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1581 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1582 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1583 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1586 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1587 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1588 shouldn't change at all. */
1590 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1591 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1594 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1595 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1596 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1598 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1600 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1601 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1602 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1603 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1604 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1605 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1606 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1607 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1612 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1614 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1615 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1618 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1620 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1621 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1622 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1623 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1624 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1628 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1633 offset -= args_size;
1634 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1638 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1639 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1640 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1641 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1643 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1645 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1646 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1647 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1656 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1657 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1660 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1661 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1662 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1664 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1665 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1667 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1671 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1673 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1674 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1679 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1680 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1681 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1682 more efficient data structure. */
1683 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1684 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1686 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1688 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1689 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1692 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1694 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1696 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1697 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1699 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1700 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1705 q = ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1706 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1707 queued_reg_saves = q;
1711 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1712 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1714 last_reg_save_label = label;
1717 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1720 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1722 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1724 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1727 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1729 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1730 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1732 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1734 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1735 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1737 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1739 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1740 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1743 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1745 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1747 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1748 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1751 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1752 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1755 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1756 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1757 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1758 have a new location for? */
1761 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1763 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1765 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1768 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1770 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1771 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1772 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1779 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1782 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1785 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1787 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1788 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1790 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1792 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1793 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1795 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1796 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1798 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1799 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1800 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1803 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1806 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1808 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1810 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1812 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1813 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1816 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1817 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1818 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1819 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1825 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1826 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1827 value, not an offset. */
1828 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1830 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1833 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1835 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1837 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1840 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1841 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1845 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1850 pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
1851 if (GET_CODE (pat) == PLUS)
1853 cfa.base_offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1854 pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
1856 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1860 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1864 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1867 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1870 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1874 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1875 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1876 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1878 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1881 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1882 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1892 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1893 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1895 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1898 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1901 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1903 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1904 rtx src, addr, span;
1906 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1907 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1908 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1909 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1911 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1912 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1915 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1916 offset = -cfa.offset;
1919 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1920 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1926 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1928 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1929 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1931 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1934 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1935 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1938 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1940 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1942 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1943 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1945 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1947 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1948 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1949 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1954 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1957 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1960 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1962 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1963 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1966 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1968 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1970 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1972 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1973 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1974 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1977 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
1980 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set, const char *label)
1982 rtx src, dest, span;
1983 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1985 dest = SET_DEST (set);
1986 src = SET_SRC (set);
1988 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1989 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest));
1991 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1994 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1995 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1996 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1997 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest),
1998 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
2000 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2001 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2002 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2005 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2008 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
2010 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2011 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
2013 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
2014 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
2016 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2019 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2020 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2021 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2022 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2024 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2025 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2026 users need not read the source code.
2028 The High-Level Picture
2030 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2031 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2032 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2033 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2034 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2036 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2037 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2038 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2039 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2040 saves. This also seems to work.
2042 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2043 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2044 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2045 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2046 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2047 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2048 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2049 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2050 value as in the caller.
2052 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2053 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2054 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2055 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2057 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2060 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2062 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2063 consists of a register and an offset.
2064 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2065 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2066 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2067 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2068 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2069 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2070 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2072 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2073 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2074 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2077 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2078 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2079 and cfa_temp.offset.
2081 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2084 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2085 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2086 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2088 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2089 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2090 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2091 register instead of CFA+offset.
2095 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2096 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2099 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2100 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2101 cfa.offset unchanged
2102 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2103 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2106 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2107 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2108 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2109 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2110 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2111 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2114 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2115 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2116 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2119 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2120 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2122 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2124 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2127 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2128 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2130 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2131 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2134 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2135 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2136 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2139 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2140 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2141 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2144 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2148 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2149 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2150 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2153 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2154 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2155 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2157 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2160 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2161 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2162 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2164 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2167 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2170 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2171 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2174 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2175 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2176 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2179 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2180 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2181 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2182 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2185 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2186 effects: target-dependent
2189 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2190 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2191 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2192 cfa_store.offset = 0
2193 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2196 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2197 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2200 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2201 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2202 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2203 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2206 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2207 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2209 && cfa.indirect == 0
2210 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2211 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2212 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2215 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2217 rtx src, dest, span;
2218 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2221 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2222 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2223 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2224 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2225 flag is set in them. */
2226 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2229 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2232 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2233 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2234 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2235 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2236 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2237 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2238 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2240 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2241 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2242 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2243 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2244 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2247 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2249 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2250 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2251 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2252 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2253 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2254 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2256 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2258 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2259 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2260 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2263 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2269 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2271 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2272 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2276 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2281 fde = current_fde ();
2283 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2286 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2288 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2290 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2293 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2294 relative to the current CFA register.
2296 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2297 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2298 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2299 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2300 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2301 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2302 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2306 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2307 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2308 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2309 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2310 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2312 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2313 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2314 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2315 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2317 && fde->stack_realign
2318 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2319 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2320 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2321 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2323 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2330 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2334 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2337 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2340 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2342 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2348 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2350 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2351 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2352 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2354 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2355 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2358 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2360 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2362 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2363 cfa.offset += offset;
2364 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2365 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2367 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2370 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2371 or adjusting the FP */
2372 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2374 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2375 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2376 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2377 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2378 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2380 cfa.offset += offset;
2381 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2385 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2388 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2389 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2390 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2392 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2393 into the FP later on. */
2394 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2395 cfa.offset += offset;
2396 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2397 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2398 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2399 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2403 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2404 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2405 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2407 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2408 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2409 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2410 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2411 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2415 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2416 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2418 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2419 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2428 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2429 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2434 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2435 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2436 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2438 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2439 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2440 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2443 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2444 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2451 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2452 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2453 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2458 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2459 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2461 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2463 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2464 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2465 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2467 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2468 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2469 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2470 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2472 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2473 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2474 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2482 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2487 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2489 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2494 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2495 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2497 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2499 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2500 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2502 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2503 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2504 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2506 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2512 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2513 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2516 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2517 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2518 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2520 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2522 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2523 reference to represent the address of the stored
2526 && fde->stack_realign
2527 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2529 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2530 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2534 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2536 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2540 /* With an offset. */
2547 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2548 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2549 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2550 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2553 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2555 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2556 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2559 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2560 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2566 /* Without an offset. */
2569 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2571 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2572 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2575 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2576 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2583 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2584 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2585 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2586 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2594 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2595 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2596 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2600 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2601 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2602 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2604 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2606 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2609 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2610 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2611 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2612 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2615 && fde->stack_realign
2616 && cfa.indirect == 0
2617 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2619 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2621 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2623 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2624 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2625 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2628 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2630 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2634 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2635 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2637 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2638 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2643 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2644 calculate the CFA. */
2645 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2649 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2651 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2652 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2654 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2659 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2661 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2664 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2667 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2668 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2672 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2674 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2676 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2677 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2679 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2681 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2682 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2693 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2694 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2695 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2697 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2698 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2701 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2705 bool handled_one = false;
2707 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2711 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2712 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2714 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2717 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2719 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2722 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2724 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2726 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2727 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2729 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2731 if (barrier_args_size)
2733 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2734 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2739 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2740 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2742 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2744 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2745 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2746 is still used to save registers. */
2747 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2748 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2752 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2753 any_cfis_emitted = false;
2755 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2756 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2758 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2759 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2762 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2763 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2767 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2772 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2773 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2775 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2779 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2782 n = single_set (insn);
2783 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2787 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2792 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2793 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2795 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2799 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION:
2802 n = single_set (insn);
2803 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n, label);
2807 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2812 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2813 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2816 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2820 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2824 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2827 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2829 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2840 if (any_cfis_emitted)
2841 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2845 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2847 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2849 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2850 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2851 removing the check above. */
2852 if (any_cfis_emitted || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2853 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2856 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2857 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2858 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2859 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2862 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2864 bool saw_frp = false;
2867 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2868 frame related insns. */
2869 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2874 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2875 if (returnjump_p (i))
2877 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2880 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2883 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2885 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2887 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2888 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2891 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2892 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2896 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2900 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2901 save/restore pair. */
2905 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2906 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2907 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2908 i = next_real_insn (i);
2912 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2913 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2914 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2915 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2918 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2921 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2925 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2927 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2929 /* And emulate the state save. */
2930 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2932 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2935 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
2939 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2941 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2942 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2944 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2945 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2947 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2949 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2952 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2953 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2954 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2956 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2957 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2962 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2963 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2964 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2965 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2967 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2968 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2969 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2970 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2971 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2972 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2975 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2976 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2977 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2978 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2979 case DW_CFA_restore:
2980 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2981 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2982 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2983 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2984 case DW_CFA_register:
2985 case DW_CFA_expression:
2986 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2988 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2989 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2990 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2991 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2993 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2994 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
3001 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3002 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3003 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
3005 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3006 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
3010 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3011 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3013 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3014 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3015 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
3017 case DW_CFA_register:
3018 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
3020 case DW_CFA_expression:
3021 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
3024 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
3028 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3029 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3030 for collect2 the first time around. */
3033 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
3037 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3038 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
3042 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
3048 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3050 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3052 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3054 flags = ((! flag_pic
3055 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3056 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3057 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3058 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3059 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3060 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
3061 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
3064 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
3065 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3067 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3069 if (eh_frame_section)
3070 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3073 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3074 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3075 switch_to_section (data_section);
3079 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3080 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3081 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3082 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3083 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3088 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3092 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3095 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3098 if (!debug_frame_section)
3099 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3100 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3101 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3105 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3108 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3113 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3114 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3115 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3116 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3117 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3119 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3123 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3124 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3129 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3131 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3135 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3136 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3138 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3140 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3142 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3143 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3144 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3147 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3148 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3149 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3152 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3153 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3154 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3155 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3158 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3159 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3160 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3161 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3164 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3165 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3166 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3167 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3170 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3171 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3172 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3173 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3176 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3177 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3178 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3179 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3183 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3184 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3185 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3186 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3189 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3190 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3192 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3193 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3196 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3197 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3198 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3199 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3200 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3203 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3204 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3205 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3206 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3211 case DW_CFA_register:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3214 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3215 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3218 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3219 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3220 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3224 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3225 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3228 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3231 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3232 case DW_CFA_expression:
3233 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3236 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3237 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3246 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3249 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3251 unsigned long r, r2;
3253 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3255 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3256 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3257 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3258 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3259 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3260 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3261 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3262 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3263 going to take care of this for us. */
3267 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3268 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3269 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3271 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3274 case DW_CFA_restore:
3275 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3276 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3277 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3280 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3281 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3282 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3285 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3286 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3287 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3290 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3291 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3292 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3293 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3294 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3297 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3298 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3299 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3302 case DW_CFA_register:
3303 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3304 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3305 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3308 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3309 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3310 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3311 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3312 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3315 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3316 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3318 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3319 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3322 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3323 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3324 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3326 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3327 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3328 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3331 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3332 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3335 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3336 case DW_CFA_expression:
3337 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3338 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3339 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3347 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3348 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3350 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3351 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3352 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3353 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3356 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3358 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3360 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3361 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3362 unsigned int len, idx;
3364 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3365 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3367 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3368 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3369 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3370 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3371 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3372 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3373 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3375 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3377 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3379 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3380 .cfi_restore_state. */
3381 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3382 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3384 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3387 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3394 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3398 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3399 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3401 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3404 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3405 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3406 case DW_CFA_restore:
3407 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3408 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3409 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3410 case DW_CFA_register:
3411 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3412 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3413 case DW_CFA_expression:
3414 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3415 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3416 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3417 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3418 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3419 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3421 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3422 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3423 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3425 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3427 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3430 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3431 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3432 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3435 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3437 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3438 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3440 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3442 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3443 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3446 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3448 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3451 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3453 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3455 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3457 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3458 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3459 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3461 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3462 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3463 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3465 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3466 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3467 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3468 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3475 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3476 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3480 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3482 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3485 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3487 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3490 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3492 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3494 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3497 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3500 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3501 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3503 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3510 /* Output one FDE. */
3513 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3514 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3515 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3517 const char *begin, *end;
3518 static unsigned int j;
3519 char l1[20], l2[20];
3522 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3524 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3526 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3527 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3528 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3529 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3530 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3531 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3533 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3536 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3538 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3539 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3541 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3543 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3544 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3548 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3549 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3550 might be separated from the real start of the
3551 function by alignment padding. */
3553 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3554 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3555 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3557 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3558 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3559 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3561 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3566 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3567 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3568 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3569 "FDE initial location");
3570 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3571 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3575 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3576 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3579 if (augmentation[0])
3581 if (any_lsda_needed)
3583 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3585 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3587 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3588 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3589 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3590 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3591 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3594 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3597 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3599 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3602 fde->funcdef_number);
3603 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3604 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3606 "Language Specific Data Area");
3610 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3611 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3612 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3613 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3617 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3620 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3622 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3623 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3624 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3625 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3628 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3629 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3631 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3632 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3638 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3640 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3642 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3643 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3644 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3645 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3647 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3648 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3651 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3652 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3653 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3654 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3655 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3657 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3658 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3659 switch *back* into the table section. */
3660 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3661 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3662 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3665 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3666 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3667 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3668 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3673 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3676 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
3678 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
3681 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
3684 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3687 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3688 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
3694 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3695 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3696 location of saved registers. */
3699 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3704 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3705 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3706 char augmentation[6];
3707 int augmentation_size;
3708 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3709 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3710 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3712 rtx personality = NULL;
3715 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3716 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3719 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3720 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3723 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3724 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3725 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3726 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3727 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3728 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3731 bool any_eh_needed = false;
3733 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3734 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3735 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3736 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i]))
3737 any_eh_needed = true;
3738 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
3739 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3746 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3750 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3751 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3753 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3756 /* Output the CIE. */
3757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3759 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3760 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3761 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3762 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3763 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3764 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3766 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3767 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3768 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3769 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3770 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3772 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3773 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3774 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3775 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3777 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3781 augmentation[0] = 0;
3782 augmentation_size = 0;
3784 personality = current_unit_personality;
3790 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3791 augmentation section.
3792 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3793 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3794 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3796 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3797 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3799 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3800 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3801 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3803 p = augmentation + 1;
3807 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3808 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3810 if (any_lsda_needed)
3813 augmentation_size += 1;
3815 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3818 augmentation_size += 1;
3820 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3822 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3826 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3827 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3829 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3831 + 1 /* CIE version */
3832 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3833 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3834 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3836 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3837 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3838 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3840 augmentation_size += pad;
3842 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3843 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3844 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3848 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3849 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3854 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3855 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3856 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3858 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3863 if (augmentation[0])
3865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3868 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3869 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3870 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3875 if (any_lsda_needed)
3876 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3877 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3879 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3881 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3884 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3885 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3887 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3888 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3889 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3890 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3892 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3893 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3896 fde = &fde_table[i];
3898 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3899 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
3902 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3903 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3904 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3907 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3908 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3909 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3910 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3911 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3912 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3915 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3920 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3923 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3927 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3929 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3933 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3936 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3937 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3938 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3939 of the weirder relocation types. */
3940 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3941 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3943 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3944 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3945 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3948 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3952 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3953 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3954 current_function_funcdef_no);
3955 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3956 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3958 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3959 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3961 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3962 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3963 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3967 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3971 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3972 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3974 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3979 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3981 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3982 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3983 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3985 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3986 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3989 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3993 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3994 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3995 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3996 current_function_funcdef_no);
3997 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3998 current_function_funcdef_no);
3999 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
4000 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
4002 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4003 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4004 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
4008 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4009 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
4011 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4012 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
4013 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
4014 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
4017 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4018 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
4020 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4021 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
4022 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
4023 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
4024 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
4025 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
4026 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
4027 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
4028 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
4029 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
4030 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
4031 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
4032 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = NULL;
4033 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = NULL;
4034 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
4035 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
4036 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
4037 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
4038 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
4039 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
4040 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
4041 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
4042 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
4044 section *unlikelysec;
4045 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
4046 fde->in_std_section = 1;
4049 = (fnsec == text_section
4050 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
4051 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
4052 fde->cold_in_std_section
4053 = (unlikelysec == text_section
4054 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
4059 = (fnsec == text_section
4060 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
4061 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
4064 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
4066 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4067 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4068 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4070 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4073 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4074 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4077 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4078 if (!current_unit_personality)
4079 current_unit_personality = personality;
4081 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4082 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4083 function anymore. */
4084 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
4085 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4086 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4090 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4091 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4095 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4096 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4099 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4101 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4103 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4104 current_function_funcdef_no);
4105 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4106 current_function_funcdef_no);
4107 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4108 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
4111 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4112 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4116 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4117 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4120 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4122 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4123 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
4126 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4129 current_function_funcdef_no);
4130 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4131 current_function_funcdef_no);
4132 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
4135 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4136 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4140 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4141 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4144 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4146 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4148 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4149 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4151 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4153 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4154 current_function_funcdef_no);
4155 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4156 fde = current_fde ();
4157 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4158 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4162 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4164 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4165 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4166 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4167 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4169 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4170 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4172 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4173 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4175 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4176 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4180 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4182 /* Output call frame information. */
4183 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4184 output_call_frame_info (0);
4186 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4187 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4188 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4189 output_call_frame_info (1);
4193 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4196 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4198 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4199 if (sec == text_section)
4200 text_section_used = true;
4201 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4202 cold_text_section_used = true;
4206 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4208 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4210 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4212 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4213 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4215 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4216 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4217 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4218 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4219 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4221 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4222 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4223 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4225 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4226 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4227 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4229 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4232 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4233 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4235 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4237 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4238 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4240 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4244 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4246 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4248 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4249 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4250 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4254 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4255 for emitting location expressions. */
4257 /* Data about a single source file. */
4258 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4259 const char * filename;
4263 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4264 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4265 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4266 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4267 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4269 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4273 } deferred_locations;
4275 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4276 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4278 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4280 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4281 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4283 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4284 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4285 implementation are listed below. */
4290 dw_val_class_offset,
4292 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4293 dw_val_class_range_list,
4295 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4296 dw_val_class_const_double,
4299 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4300 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4301 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4302 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4304 dw_val_class_macptr,
4307 dw_val_class_decl_ref,
4308 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4311 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4313 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4314 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4320 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4321 represented internally. */
4323 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4324 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4325 union dw_val_struct_union
4327 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4328 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4329 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4330 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4331 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4332 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4333 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4334 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4335 struct dw_val_die_union
4339 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4340 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4341 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4342 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4343 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4344 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4345 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4346 tree GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref;
4347 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4351 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta;
4353 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4357 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4360 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4361 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4362 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4363 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4364 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4365 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4367 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4368 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4372 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4373 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4374 their entire life. */
4375 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4376 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4377 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4378 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4379 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4380 Only on head of list */
4381 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4382 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4385 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4387 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4390 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4395 return "DW_OP_addr";
4397 return "DW_OP_deref";
4399 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4401 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4403 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4405 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4407 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4409 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4411 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4413 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4415 return "DW_OP_constu";
4417 return "DW_OP_consts";
4421 return "DW_OP_drop";
4423 return "DW_OP_over";
4425 return "DW_OP_pick";
4427 return "DW_OP_swap";
4431 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4439 return "DW_OP_minus";
4451 return "DW_OP_plus";
4452 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4453 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4459 return "DW_OP_shra";
4477 return "DW_OP_skip";
4479 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4481 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4483 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4485 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4487 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4489 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4491 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4493 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4495 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4497 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4499 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4501 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4503 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4505 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4507 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4509 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4511 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4513 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4515 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4517 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4519 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4521 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4523 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4525 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4527 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4529 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4531 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4533 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4535 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4537 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4539 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4541 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4543 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4545 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4547 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4549 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4551 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4553 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4555 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4557 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4559 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4561 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4563 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4565 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4567 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4569 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4571 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4573 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4575 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4577 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4579 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4581 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4583 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4585 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4587 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4589 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4591 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4593 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4595 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4597 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4599 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4601 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4603 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4605 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4607 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4609 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4611 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4613 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4615 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4617 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4619 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4621 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4623 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4625 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4627 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4629 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4631 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4633 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4635 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4637 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4639 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4641 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4643 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4645 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4647 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4649 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4651 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4653 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4655 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4657 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4659 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4661 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4663 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4665 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4667 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4669 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4671 return "DW_OP_regx";
4673 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4675 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4677 return "DW_OP_piece";
4678 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4679 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4680 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4681 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4685 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4686 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4688 return "DW_OP_call2";
4690 return "DW_OP_call4";
4691 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4692 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4693 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4694 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4695 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4696 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4697 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4698 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4699 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4700 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4701 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4702 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4704 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4705 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4706 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4707 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4708 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4709 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4710 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
4711 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4714 return "OP_<unknown>";
4718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4719 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4720 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4722 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4723 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4724 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4726 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4728 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4729 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4730 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4731 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4732 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4737 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4740 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4741 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4744 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4747 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4750 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4753 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4755 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4757 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4758 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4764 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4767 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4769 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4772 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4777 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4778 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4782 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4783 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4784 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4785 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4786 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4788 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4789 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4791 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4792 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4795 else if (offset > 0)
4796 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4800 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
4801 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
4805 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4808 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4811 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4812 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4815 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4816 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4818 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4820 static unsigned long
4821 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4823 unsigned long size = 1;
4825 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4828 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4847 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4850 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4855 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4856 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4894 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4897 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4900 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4903 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4904 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4907 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4909 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4910 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4911 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
4913 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4914 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4923 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4924 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE;
4926 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4927 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4928 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4930 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
4931 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4940 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4942 static unsigned long
4943 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4948 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4949 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4950 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4952 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4954 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4959 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4961 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4962 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4968 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4969 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
4971 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4974 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4976 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4977 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4979 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4981 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4984 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4989 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
4990 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4,
4992 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5002 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
5003 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8,
5005 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5010 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5011 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5018 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5019 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5021 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
5024 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5026 switch (val2->val_class)
5028 case dw_val_class_const:
5029 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5031 case dw_val_class_vec:
5033 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
5034 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
5038 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
5043 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
5046 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
5047 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
5050 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5052 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
5054 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
5056 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
5057 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
5061 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
5062 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
5064 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5066 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5070 case dw_val_class_addr:
5071 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
5072 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
5087 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5088 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5089 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5090 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5091 only doing unwinding. */
5096 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5099 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5107 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5142 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5148 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5152 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5157 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5161 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5162 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5163 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5169 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5171 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5174 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5181 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5182 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5189 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
5191 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5192 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
5193 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5194 get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
5195 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
5196 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5201 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5206 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5209 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5211 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5213 /* Output the opcode. */
5214 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5215 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5217 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5218 output_loc_operands (loc);
5222 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5223 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5226 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5228 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5229 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5231 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5234 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5235 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5241 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5242 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5243 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5244 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5249 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5250 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5255 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5256 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5261 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5262 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5263 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5271 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5272 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5274 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5275 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5280 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5283 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5284 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5287 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5288 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5289 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5327 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5328 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5332 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5334 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5335 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5338 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
5343 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5349 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5353 /* Output the opcode. */
5354 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5355 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5357 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5359 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5361 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5365 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5366 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5369 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5371 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5374 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5377 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5380 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5382 /* Output the size of the block. */
5383 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5384 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5386 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5387 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5390 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5393 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5395 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5398 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5400 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5401 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5404 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5406 /* Output the size of the block. */
5407 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5408 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5409 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5411 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5412 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5415 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5416 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5419 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5420 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5422 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5424 offset += cfa->offset;
5428 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5429 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5430 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5431 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5434 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5435 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5439 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5444 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5445 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5448 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5449 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5451 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5452 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5453 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5455 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5456 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5458 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5459 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5460 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5461 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5464 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5468 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5469 descriptor sequence. */
5472 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5474 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5476 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5480 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5482 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5518 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5521 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5555 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5556 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5559 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5560 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5565 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5566 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5569 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5570 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5575 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5577 /* .debug_str support. */
5578 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5580 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5581 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5582 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5583 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5584 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5585 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5586 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5587 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5588 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5589 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5590 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5591 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5592 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5593 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5594 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5596 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5597 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5598 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5599 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5600 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5601 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5602 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5603 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5605 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5607 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5611 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5614 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5615 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5616 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5617 dwarf2out_end_block,
5618 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5619 dwarf2out_source_line,
5620 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5621 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5622 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
5623 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
5625 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5626 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5628 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5629 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5630 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5631 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5632 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5633 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5634 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5635 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5636 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5637 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5638 something tries to reference them. */
5639 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5640 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5641 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5642 dwarf2out_var_location,
5643 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5644 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5645 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5646 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5647 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5649 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5652 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5653 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5654 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5656 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5657 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5658 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5659 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5661 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5662 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5664 typedef long int dw_offset;
5666 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5668 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5669 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5670 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5671 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5672 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5673 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5674 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5676 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5677 line number associated with the label generated for that
5678 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5679 the line number entry. */
5681 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5682 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5683 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5687 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5689 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5690 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5691 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5692 unsigned long function;
5694 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5696 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5697 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5698 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5700 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5701 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5702 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5706 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5707 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5709 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5710 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5711 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5713 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5714 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5716 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5717 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5719 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5720 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5721 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5722 dw_die_ref die_child;
5724 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5725 dw_offset die_offset;
5726 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5728 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5729 int die_perennial_p;
5730 unsigned int decl_id;
5731 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5735 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5736 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5737 c = die->die_child; \
5741 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5744 /* The pubname structure */
5746 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5752 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5753 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5755 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5756 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5757 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5761 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5766 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5767 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5769 dw_die_ref root_die;
5770 dw_die_ref type_die;
5771 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5772 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5776 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5777 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5780 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5784 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5788 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5790 skeleton_chain_node;
5792 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5793 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5794 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5797 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5798 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5800 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5801 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5802 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5803 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5804 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5805 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5807 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5808 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5809 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5810 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5811 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5812 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5813 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5814 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5815 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5816 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5818 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5819 language, and compiler version. */
5821 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5822 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5823 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5825 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5826 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5827 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5828 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5830 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5831 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5833 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5834 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5835 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5836 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5837 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5839 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5840 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5841 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5842 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5843 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5844 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5846 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5847 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5848 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5849 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5851 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5855 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5856 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5857 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5859 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5860 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5862 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5863 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5865 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5866 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5867 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5868 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5869 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5871 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5872 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5873 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5876 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5877 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5878 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5880 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5881 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die;
5883 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5884 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5886 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5887 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5889 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5890 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5891 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5893 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5894 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5896 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5897 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5898 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5900 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5901 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5902 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5904 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5909 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5910 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5912 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5913 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5914 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5915 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5916 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5917 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5918 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5919 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5920 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5921 NULL as second operand. */
5923 const char * GTY (()) label;
5924 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5927 /* Variable location list. */
5928 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5929 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5931 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5932 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5933 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5934 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5935 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5936 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5937 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5939 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5940 unsigned int decl_id;
5942 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5945 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5946 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5948 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5949 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5950 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5951 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5952 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5954 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5955 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5957 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5958 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5960 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5961 abbrev_die_table. */
5962 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5964 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5965 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5966 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5967 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5969 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5970 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5972 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5973 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5975 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5976 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5977 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5978 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5980 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5981 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5983 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5984 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5986 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5988 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5990 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5991 accessible names. */
5992 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5994 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5995 accessible types. */
5996 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5998 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5999 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
6001 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
6002 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
6004 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
6005 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
6007 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6009 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6011 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6012 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
6014 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6015 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
6017 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6018 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
6020 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6021 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6022 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
6024 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6025 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
6027 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6028 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
6030 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6032 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6034 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6035 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
6037 /* Unique label counter. */
6038 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
6040 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6041 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
6043 /* The direct call table structure. */
6045 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
6046 unsigned int poc_label_num;
6048 dw_die_ref targ_die;
6052 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
6053 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
6055 /* The virtual call table structure. */
6057 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
6058 unsigned int poc_label_num;
6059 unsigned int vtable_slot;
6063 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
6064 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
6066 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
6067 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
6068 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
6070 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
6072 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
6074 unsigned int vtable_slot;
6077 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
6079 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6080 static int current_function_has_inlines;
6082 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6083 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
6085 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6086 static GTY(()) int label_num;
6088 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6089 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
6091 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
6093 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6094 within the current function. */
6095 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
6097 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6099 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
6100 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
6101 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
6102 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6103 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6104 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6105 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
6106 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
6107 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
6108 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
6109 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6110 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
6111 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
6112 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
6113 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6114 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
6115 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6116 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6117 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
6118 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6119 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
6120 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6121 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6122 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6123 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
6124 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
6125 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
6126 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6127 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
6128 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
6129 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
6130 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6131 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
6132 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
6133 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6135 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
6136 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
6137 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
6138 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6139 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6140 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6141 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6142 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6143 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6145 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
6146 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6147 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
6148 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
6149 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6150 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6151 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6152 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6153 static bool is_cxx (void);
6154 static bool is_fortran (void);
6155 static bool is_ada (void);
6156 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6157 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6158 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6159 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6160 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6161 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6162 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6163 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6164 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6165 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6166 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6167 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6168 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6169 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6170 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6172 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6173 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6174 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6175 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6176 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6177 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6178 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6179 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6180 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6181 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6182 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6183 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6184 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6185 struct checksum_attributes;
6186 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6187 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6188 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6189 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6190 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6191 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6192 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6193 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6194 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6195 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6196 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6197 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6198 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6199 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6200 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6201 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6202 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6203 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6204 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6205 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6206 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6207 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6208 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6209 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6210 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6212 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6213 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6214 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6215 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6217 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6218 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6219 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6220 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6221 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6222 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6223 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6224 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6225 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6226 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6227 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6228 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6229 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6230 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6231 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6232 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6233 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6234 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6235 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6236 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6237 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6238 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6239 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6240 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6241 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6242 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6243 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6244 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6245 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6246 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6247 static void output_aranges (void);
6248 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6249 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6250 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6252 static void output_ranges (void);
6253 static void output_line_info (void);
6254 static void output_file_names (void);
6255 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6256 static int is_base_type (tree);
6257 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6258 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6259 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6260 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6261 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6262 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6263 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6264 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6265 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6266 enum var_init_status);
6267 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6268 enum var_init_status);
6269 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6270 enum var_init_status);
6271 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6272 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6273 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6274 enum var_init_status);
6275 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6276 enum var_init_status);
6277 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6278 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6279 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6280 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6281 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6282 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6283 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6284 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6285 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6287 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6288 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6289 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6290 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6291 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6292 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6293 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6294 enum dwarf_attribute);
6295 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6296 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6297 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6298 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6299 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6300 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6301 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6302 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6303 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6304 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6305 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6306 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6307 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6308 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6309 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6310 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6311 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6312 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6313 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6314 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6315 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6316 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6317 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6318 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6320 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6322 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6323 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6325 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6327 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6328 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6329 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6330 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6331 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6332 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6333 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6334 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6335 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6336 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6337 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6338 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6339 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6340 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6341 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6342 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6343 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6344 enum debug_info_usage);
6345 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6346 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6347 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6348 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6349 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6350 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6351 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
6352 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6353 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6354 static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6355 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6356 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6357 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6358 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6359 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6360 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6361 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6362 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6363 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6364 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6365 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6366 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6367 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6368 const char *, const char *);
6369 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6370 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6372 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6373 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6374 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6375 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6376 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6377 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6378 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6379 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
6380 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
6381 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6382 const char *, const char *);
6383 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6384 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6386 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6387 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6388 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6390 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6391 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6393 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6394 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6396 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6397 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6399 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6400 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6402 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6403 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6405 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6406 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6408 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6409 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6411 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6412 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6414 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6415 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6417 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6418 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6420 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6421 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6424 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6425 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6426 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6429 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6430 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6431 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6432 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6435 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6436 the section names themselves. */
6438 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6439 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6441 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6442 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6444 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6445 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6447 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6448 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6450 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6451 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6453 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6454 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6456 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6457 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6459 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6460 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6464 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6465 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6466 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6467 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6468 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6470 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6471 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6472 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6473 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6474 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6475 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6476 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6477 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6478 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6479 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6481 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6482 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6484 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6485 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6487 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6488 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6490 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6491 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6493 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6494 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6496 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6497 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6501 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6503 comp_unit_die (void)
6505 if (!single_comp_unit_die)
6506 single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
6507 return single_comp_unit_die;
6510 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6511 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6513 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6516 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6518 demangle_name_func = func;
6521 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6524 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6526 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6527 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6528 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6531 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6535 type_main_variant (tree type)
6537 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6539 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6540 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6541 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6542 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6544 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6545 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6546 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6551 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6554 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6556 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6558 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6559 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6562 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6565 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref)
6567 sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
6570 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6573 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6577 case DW_TAG_padding:
6578 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6579 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6580 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6581 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6582 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6583 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6584 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6585 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6586 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6587 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6588 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6589 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6590 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6592 return "DW_TAG_label";
6593 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6594 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6596 return "DW_TAG_member";
6597 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6598 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6599 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6600 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6601 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6602 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6603 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6604 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6605 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6606 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6607 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6608 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6609 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6610 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6611 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6612 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6613 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6614 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6615 case DW_TAG_variant:
6616 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6617 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6618 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6619 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6620 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6621 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6622 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6623 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6624 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6626 return "DW_TAG_module";
6627 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6628 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6629 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6630 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6631 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6632 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6633 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6634 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6635 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6636 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6637 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6638 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6639 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6640 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6641 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6642 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6643 case DW_TAG_constant:
6644 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6645 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6646 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6647 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6648 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6650 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6651 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6652 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6653 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6654 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6655 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6656 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6657 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6658 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6659 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6660 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6661 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6662 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6663 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6664 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6665 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6666 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6667 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6668 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6669 case DW_TAG_variable:
6670 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6671 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6672 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6673 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6674 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6675 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6676 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6677 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6678 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6679 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6680 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6681 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6682 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6683 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6684 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6685 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6686 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6687 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6688 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6689 case DW_TAG_condition:
6690 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6691 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6692 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6693 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6694 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6695 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6696 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6697 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6698 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6699 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6700 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6701 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6702 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6703 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6704 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6705 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6706 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6707 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6708 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6709 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6710 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6711 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6712 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6713 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6714 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6715 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6716 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6718 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6722 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6725 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6730 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6731 case DW_AT_location:
6732 return "DW_AT_location";
6734 return "DW_AT_name";
6735 case DW_AT_ordering:
6736 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6737 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6738 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6739 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6740 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6741 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6742 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6743 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6744 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6745 case DW_AT_element_list:
6746 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6747 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6748 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6750 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6752 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6753 case DW_AT_language:
6754 return "DW_AT_language";
6756 return "DW_AT_member";
6758 return "DW_AT_discr";
6759 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6760 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6761 case DW_AT_visibility:
6762 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6764 return "DW_AT_import";
6765 case DW_AT_string_length:
6766 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6767 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6768 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6769 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6770 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6771 case DW_AT_const_value:
6772 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6773 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6774 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6775 case DW_AT_default_value:
6776 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6778 return "DW_AT_inline";
6779 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6780 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6781 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6782 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6783 case DW_AT_producer:
6784 return "DW_AT_producer";
6785 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6786 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6787 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6788 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6789 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6790 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6791 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6792 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6793 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6794 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6795 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6796 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6797 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6798 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6799 case DW_AT_address_class:
6800 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6801 case DW_AT_artificial:
6802 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6803 case DW_AT_base_types:
6804 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6805 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6806 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6808 return "DW_AT_count";
6809 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6810 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6811 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6812 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6813 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6814 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6815 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6816 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6817 case DW_AT_declaration:
6818 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6819 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6820 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6821 case DW_AT_encoding:
6822 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6823 case DW_AT_external:
6824 return "DW_AT_external";
6825 case DW_AT_explicit:
6826 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6827 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6828 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6830 return "DW_AT_friend";
6831 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6832 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6833 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6834 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6835 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6836 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6837 case DW_AT_priority:
6838 return "DW_AT_priority";
6840 return "DW_AT_segment";
6841 case DW_AT_specification:
6842 return "DW_AT_specification";
6843 case DW_AT_static_link:
6844 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6846 return "DW_AT_type";
6847 case DW_AT_use_location:
6848 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6849 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6850 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6851 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6852 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6853 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6854 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6856 case DW_AT_allocated:
6857 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6858 case DW_AT_associated:
6859 return "DW_AT_associated";
6860 case DW_AT_data_location:
6861 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6862 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6863 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6864 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6865 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6866 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6867 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6868 case DW_AT_extension:
6869 return "DW_AT_extension";
6871 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6872 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6873 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6874 case DW_AT_call_column:
6875 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6876 case DW_AT_call_file:
6877 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6878 case DW_AT_call_line:
6879 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6880 case DW_AT_object_pointer:
6881 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
6883 case DW_AT_signature:
6884 return "DW_AT_signature";
6885 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6886 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6887 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6888 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6889 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6890 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6891 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6892 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6893 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6894 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6896 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6897 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6898 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6899 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6900 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6901 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6902 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6903 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6904 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6905 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
6906 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
6908 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6909 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6911 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6912 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6913 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6914 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6915 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6916 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
6917 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
6919 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6920 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6922 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6923 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6924 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6925 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6926 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6927 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6929 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6930 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6931 case DW_AT_src_info:
6932 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6933 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6934 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6935 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6936 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6937 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6938 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6939 case DW_AT_body_end:
6940 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6941 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6942 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6943 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6944 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6945 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6946 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6947 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6948 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6949 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6950 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6951 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6952 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6953 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6954 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6955 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6956 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6957 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6958 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6959 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6960 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6962 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6963 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6966 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6970 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6973 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6978 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6979 case DW_FORM_block2:
6980 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6981 case DW_FORM_block4:
6982 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6984 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6986 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6988 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6989 case DW_FORM_string:
6990 return "DW_FORM_string";
6992 return "DW_FORM_block";
6993 case DW_FORM_block1:
6994 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6996 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6998 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7000 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7002 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7004 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7005 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
7006 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7008 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7010 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7012 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7014 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7015 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
7016 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7017 case DW_FORM_indirect:
7018 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7019 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
7020 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7021 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
7022 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7023 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
7024 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7025 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
7026 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7028 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7032 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7033 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7034 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7035 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7039 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
7041 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
7044 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7045 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7046 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7047 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
7050 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7051 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7052 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
7054 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
7057 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7058 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7062 decl_class_context (tree decl)
7064 tree context = NULL_TREE;
7066 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
7067 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
7069 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7070 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
7072 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
7073 context = NULL_TREE;
7078 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7081 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
7083 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7087 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
7088 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
7089 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
7092 static inline enum dw_val_class
7093 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
7095 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
7098 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7101 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
7105 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7106 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
7107 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
7108 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7111 static inline unsigned
7112 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
7114 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
7115 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
7118 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7121 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
7125 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7126 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
7127 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
7128 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7131 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7132 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
7134 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
7135 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
7138 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7141 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7142 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
7146 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7147 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
7148 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
7149 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7152 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7153 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
7155 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
7156 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
7159 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7162 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7163 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
7167 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7168 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
7169 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
7170 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
7171 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7174 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7177 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7178 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7182 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7183 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7184 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7193 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7194 unsigned char data8[8])
7198 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7199 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7200 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7201 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7204 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7207 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7209 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7213 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7215 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7216 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7219 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7221 static struct indirect_string_node *
7222 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7224 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7227 if (! debug_str_hash)
7228 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7229 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7231 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7232 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7235 node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7236 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7240 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7246 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7249 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7252 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7254 node = find_AT_string (str);
7256 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7257 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7258 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7259 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7262 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7263 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7266 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7273 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7274 ++dw2_string_counter;
7275 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7278 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7279 debug string STR. */
7282 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7284 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7286 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7288 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7290 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7293 static inline const char *
7294 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7296 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7297 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7300 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7301 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7303 static enum dwarf_form
7304 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7306 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7309 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7311 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7315 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7317 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7318 always better to put it inline. */
7319 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7320 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7322 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7323 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7325 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7326 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7327 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7328 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7330 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7332 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7335 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7338 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7342 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7343 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7344 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7345 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7346 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7349 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7350 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7353 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7355 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7356 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7357 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7360 static inline dw_die_ref
7361 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7363 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7364 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7368 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7370 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7371 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7377 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7379 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7380 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7383 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7386 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7390 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7391 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7392 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7393 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7396 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7399 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7403 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7404 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7405 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7406 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7409 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7410 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7412 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7413 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7417 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7421 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7422 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7423 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7424 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7425 have_location_lists = true;
7428 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7429 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7431 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7432 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7435 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7436 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7438 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7439 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7442 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7445 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7449 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7450 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7451 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7452 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7455 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7458 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7460 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7461 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7464 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7467 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7468 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7472 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7473 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7474 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7475 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7478 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7480 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7481 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7483 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7484 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7487 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7490 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7491 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
7495 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7496 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
7497 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
7498 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
7499 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7502 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7505 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7509 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7510 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7511 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7512 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7515 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7516 debug_line section. */
7519 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7524 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7525 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7526 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7527 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7530 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7531 debug_macinfo section. */
7534 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7539 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7540 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7541 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7542 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7545 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7548 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7549 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7553 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7554 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7555 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7556 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7559 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7562 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7563 long unsigned int offset)
7567 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7568 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7569 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7570 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7573 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7575 static inline const char *
7576 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
7578 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
7579 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
7582 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7584 static inline const char *
7585 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
7587 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
7588 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
7591 static inline const char *
7592 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7594 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7595 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7596 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7597 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7600 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7603 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7607 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7612 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7613 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7615 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7616 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7620 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7625 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7626 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7627 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7629 static inline const char *
7630 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7632 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7634 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7637 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7638 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7639 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7641 static inline const char *
7642 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7644 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7646 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7649 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7650 NULL if it is not present. */
7652 static inline const char *
7653 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7655 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7657 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7660 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7661 if it is not present. */
7664 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7666 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7668 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7671 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7672 if it is not present. */
7674 static inline unsigned
7675 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7677 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7679 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7682 static inline dw_die_ref
7683 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7685 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7687 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7690 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7691 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7693 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7695 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7698 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7703 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
7705 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7708 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7713 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
7715 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7716 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7717 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7720 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7725 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
7727 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7730 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7733 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7741 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7742 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7744 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7745 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7746 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7748 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7750 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7755 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7756 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7759 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7761 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7762 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7765 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7769 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7770 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7771 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7774 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7775 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7778 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7780 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7782 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7783 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7785 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7786 if (prev == old_child)
7788 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7789 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7793 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7794 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7796 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7797 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7800 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7803 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7806 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7807 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7808 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7811 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7815 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7821 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7823 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7825 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7826 /* Might have removed every child. */
7827 if (c == c->die_sib)
7831 } while (c != die->die_child);
7834 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7837 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7839 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7840 if (! die || ! child_die)
7842 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7844 child_die->die_parent = die;
7847 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7848 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7851 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7852 die->die_child = child_die;
7855 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7856 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7857 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7860 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7864 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7865 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7866 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7868 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7874 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7875 || (child->die_parent
7876 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7878 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7879 if (p->die_sib == child)
7881 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7885 add_child_die (parent, child);
7888 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7890 static inline dw_die_ref
7891 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7893 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7895 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7897 if (parent_die != NULL)
7898 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7901 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7903 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
7904 limbo_node->die = die;
7905 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7906 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7907 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7913 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7915 static inline dw_die_ref
7916 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7918 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7921 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7924 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7926 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7929 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7932 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7934 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7937 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7940 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7942 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7945 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7947 static inline dw_die_ref
7948 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7950 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7953 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7956 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7958 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7961 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7965 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7967 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7970 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7972 static inline var_loc_list *
7973 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7975 if (!decl_loc_table)
7977 return (var_loc_list *)
7978 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7981 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7984 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7986 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7989 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7991 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7994 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7997 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
7999 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
8002 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
8003 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
8004 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
8007 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8010 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
8012 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
8013 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
8015 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
8018 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8019 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8022 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
8024 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
8025 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
8027 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
8032 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8033 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8036 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
8037 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
8041 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
8043 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
8048 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8049 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8050 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8051 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8052 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8053 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8054 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8055 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8056 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8059 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
8060 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
8061 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
8064 bool copy = inner != NULL;
8068 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8069 while (src != inner)
8071 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
8072 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
8073 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8074 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
8077 /* Add padding if needed. */
8078 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
8080 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
8081 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8082 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8084 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
8087 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8088 just update the location for it and return. */
8089 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
8092 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8093 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8094 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8095 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8096 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
8099 while (diff > 0 && *src)
8102 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
8104 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
8107 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
8108 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
8111 /* Add padding if needed. */
8112 if (diff < 0 && *src)
8116 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8117 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8121 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8124 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
8125 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
8126 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8127 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
8131 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8133 static struct var_loc_node *
8134 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
8136 unsigned int decl_id;
8139 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
8140 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
8142 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
8144 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
8145 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
8147 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
8150 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
8151 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
8152 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
8153 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
8155 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
8156 || bitsize != maxsize)
8162 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
8163 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
8166 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8167 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
8171 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
8175 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
8176 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
8177 int piece_bitpos = 0;
8181 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
8183 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
8185 piece_loc = &last->loc;
8188 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
8189 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
8191 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
8192 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
8196 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8197 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8199 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
8201 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8202 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8203 if (piece_loc != NULL)
8205 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
8206 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8209 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8210 if (temp->last != last)
8212 temp->last->next = NULL;
8215 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8219 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8220 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8221 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8225 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8226 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8227 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8228 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8229 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8230 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8231 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8233 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8234 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8235 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8236 we have nothing to do. */
8237 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8238 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8239 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8240 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8241 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8242 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8243 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8244 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8245 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8247 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8248 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8249 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8253 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8256 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8257 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8258 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8260 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8261 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8263 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8264 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8265 if (last != temp->last)
8273 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8276 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8281 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8282 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8283 the DIE internal representation. */
8284 static int print_indent;
8286 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8289 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8291 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8294 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8297 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8301 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8302 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8305 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8306 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8309 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8315 print_spaces (outfile);
8316 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8317 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8318 print_spaces (outfile);
8319 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8320 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
8321 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8323 print_spaces (outfile);
8324 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8325 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8326 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8329 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8331 print_spaces (outfile);
8332 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8334 switch (AT_class (a))
8336 case dw_val_class_addr:
8337 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8339 case dw_val_class_offset:
8340 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8342 case dw_val_class_loc:
8343 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8345 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8346 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8347 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8349 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8350 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8352 case dw_val_class_const:
8353 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8355 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8356 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8358 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8359 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8360 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8361 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8362 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8364 case dw_val_class_vec:
8365 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8367 case dw_val_class_flag:
8368 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8370 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8371 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8373 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8375 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8376 print_signature (outfile,
8377 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8379 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8380 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8381 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8383 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8386 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8388 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8389 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8390 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a));
8392 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8393 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8394 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8395 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8397 case dw_val_class_str:
8398 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8399 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8401 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8403 case dw_val_class_file:
8404 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8405 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8407 case dw_val_class_data8:
8411 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8412 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8419 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8422 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8425 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8428 if (print_indent == 0)
8429 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8432 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8433 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8436 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8439 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8441 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8442 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8444 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8445 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8446 line_info->dw_file_num,
8447 line_info->dw_line_num);
8450 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8453 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8456 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8458 print_die (die, stderr);
8461 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8462 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8468 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
8469 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8470 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8473 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8474 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8475 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8478 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8480 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8481 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8483 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8487 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8490 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8492 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8494 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8498 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8499 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8501 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8504 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8508 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8510 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8511 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8514 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8517 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8519 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8522 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8524 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8525 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8526 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8529 switch (AT_class (at))
8531 case dw_val_class_const:
8532 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8534 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8535 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8537 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8538 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8540 case dw_val_class_vec:
8541 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8543 case dw_val_class_flag:
8544 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8546 case dw_val_class_str:
8547 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8550 case dw_val_class_addr:
8552 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8553 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8556 case dw_val_class_offset:
8557 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8560 case dw_val_class_loc:
8561 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8562 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8565 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8566 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8569 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8570 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8571 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8572 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8573 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8576 case dw_val_class_file:
8577 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8580 case dw_val_class_data8:
8581 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8589 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8592 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8598 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8601 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8604 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8606 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8608 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8609 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8611 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8615 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8617 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8618 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8619 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8620 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8621 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8622 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8623 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8625 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8628 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8635 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8637 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8638 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8647 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8650 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8654 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8657 /* More bytes to follow. */
8665 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8666 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8669 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8673 int tag = die->die_tag;
8675 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8676 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8677 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8680 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8682 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8686 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8687 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8689 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8690 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8692 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8695 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8698 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8700 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8701 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8702 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8704 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8705 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8709 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8712 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8713 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8714 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8715 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8719 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8722 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8723 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8725 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8728 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8730 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8732 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8733 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8734 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8735 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8736 is complete or not. */
8737 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8738 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8739 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8740 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8741 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8742 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8743 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8745 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8747 if (name_attr != NULL)
8749 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8753 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8754 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8755 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8756 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8757 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8758 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8763 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8764 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8765 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8766 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8768 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8769 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8770 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8774 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8778 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8779 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8780 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8781 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8782 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8783 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8788 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8789 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8791 switch (AT_class (at))
8793 case dw_val_class_const:
8794 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8795 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8798 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8799 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8800 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8803 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8804 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8805 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8806 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8809 case dw_val_class_vec:
8810 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8811 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8812 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8815 case dw_val_class_flag:
8816 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8817 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8820 case dw_val_class_str:
8821 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8822 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8825 case dw_val_class_addr:
8827 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8828 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8829 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8832 case dw_val_class_offset:
8833 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8834 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8837 case dw_val_class_loc:
8838 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8839 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8842 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8843 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8844 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8845 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8848 case dw_val_class_file:
8849 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8850 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8853 case dw_val_class_data8:
8854 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8862 struct checksum_attributes
8864 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8865 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8866 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8867 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8868 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8869 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8870 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8871 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8872 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8873 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8874 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8875 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8876 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8877 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8878 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8879 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8880 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8881 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8882 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8883 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8884 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8885 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8886 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8887 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8888 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8889 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8890 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8891 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8892 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8893 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8894 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8895 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8896 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8897 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8898 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8899 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8900 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8901 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8902 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8903 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8904 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8905 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8906 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8907 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8908 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8909 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8910 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8913 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8916 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8921 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8932 attrs->at_friend = a;
8934 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8935 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8937 case DW_AT_address_class:
8938 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8940 case DW_AT_allocated:
8941 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8943 case DW_AT_artificial:
8944 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8946 case DW_AT_associated:
8947 attrs->at_associated = a;
8949 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8950 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8952 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8953 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8955 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8956 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8958 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8959 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8961 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8962 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8964 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8965 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8967 case DW_AT_const_value:
8968 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8970 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8971 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8974 attrs->at_count = a;
8976 case DW_AT_data_location:
8977 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8979 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8980 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8982 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8983 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8985 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8986 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8988 case DW_AT_default_value:
8989 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8991 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8992 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8995 attrs->at_discr = a;
8997 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8998 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
9000 case DW_AT_discr_value:
9001 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
9003 case DW_AT_encoding:
9004 attrs->at_encoding = a;
9006 case DW_AT_endianity:
9007 attrs->at_endianity = a;
9009 case DW_AT_explicit:
9010 attrs->at_explicit = a;
9012 case DW_AT_is_optional:
9013 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
9015 case DW_AT_location:
9016 attrs->at_location = a;
9018 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
9019 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
9022 attrs->at_mutable = a;
9024 case DW_AT_ordering:
9025 attrs->at_ordering = a;
9027 case DW_AT_picture_string:
9028 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
9030 case DW_AT_prototyped:
9031 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
9034 attrs->at_small = a;
9037 attrs->at_segment = a;
9039 case DW_AT_string_length:
9040 attrs->at_string_length = a;
9042 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
9043 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
9045 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
9046 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
9048 case DW_AT_use_location:
9049 attrs->at_use_location = a;
9051 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
9052 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
9054 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
9055 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
9057 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9058 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
9060 case DW_AT_visibility:
9061 attrs->at_visibility = a;
9063 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
9064 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
9072 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9075 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
9079 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
9081 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9082 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
9084 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
9086 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9088 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
9089 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
9091 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
9092 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
9093 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
9094 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
9095 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
9096 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
9097 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
9098 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
9099 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
9100 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
9101 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
9102 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
9103 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
9104 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
9105 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
9106 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
9107 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
9108 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
9109 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
9110 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
9111 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
9112 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
9113 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
9114 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
9115 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
9116 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
9117 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
9118 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
9119 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
9120 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
9121 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
9122 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
9123 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
9124 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
9125 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
9126 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
9127 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
9128 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
9129 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
9130 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
9131 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
9132 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
9133 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
9134 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
9135 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
9136 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
9137 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
9139 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9142 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
9145 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
9146 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9147 && name_attr != NULL)
9149 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9150 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
9151 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
9155 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9156 if (c->die_mark == 0)
9158 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
9160 } while (c != die->die_child);
9162 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9166 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9167 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9168 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9169 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9171 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9172 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9173 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9174 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9175 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9176 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9177 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9180 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
9184 unsigned char checksum[16];
9188 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
9189 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9191 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9192 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9193 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9195 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
9197 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9199 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9200 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9201 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9203 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
9204 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
9205 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9207 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
9210 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9212 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9214 die->die_mark = mark;
9216 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9217 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9218 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9220 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9221 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9222 unmark_all_dies (die);
9223 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9225 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9226 type node together. */
9227 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9228 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9229 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9230 type_node->type_die = die;
9232 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9235 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9238 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9240 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9242 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9243 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9244 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9247 /* Do the values look the same? */
9249 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9251 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9254 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9257 switch (v1->val_class)
9259 case dw_val_class_const:
9260 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9261 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9262 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9263 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9264 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9265 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9266 case dw_val_class_vec:
9267 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9268 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9270 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9271 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9274 case dw_val_class_flag:
9275 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9276 case dw_val_class_str:
9277 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9279 case dw_val_class_addr:
9280 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9281 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9282 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9284 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9286 case dw_val_class_offset:
9287 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9289 case dw_val_class_loc:
9290 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9292 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9293 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9295 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9297 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9298 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9300 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9301 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
9302 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9303 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9304 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9307 case dw_val_class_file:
9308 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9310 case dw_val_class_data8:
9311 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9318 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9321 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9323 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9326 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9327 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9328 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9331 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9334 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9337 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9343 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9345 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9346 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9348 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9351 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9352 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9355 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1)
9356 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9359 c1 = die1->die_child;
9360 c2 = die2->die_child;
9369 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9373 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9375 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9385 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9388 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9391 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9393 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9394 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9399 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9401 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9403 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9404 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9406 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9407 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9410 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9412 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9413 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9414 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9417 unsigned char checksum[16];
9420 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9421 the name filename of the unit. */
9423 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9425 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9426 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9427 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9429 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9430 clean_symbol_name (name);
9432 p = name + strlen (name);
9433 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9435 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9439 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9440 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9443 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9446 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9448 switch (die->die_tag)
9450 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9451 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9452 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9453 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9454 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9455 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9456 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9457 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9458 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9459 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9460 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9461 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9462 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9463 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9464 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9465 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9466 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9467 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9468 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9469 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9476 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9477 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9478 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9479 compilations (functions). */
9482 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9484 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9485 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9486 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9487 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9489 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9492 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9493 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9494 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9495 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9496 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9498 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9500 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9503 return is_type_die (c);
9506 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9507 compilation unit. */
9510 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9512 return (is_type_die (c)
9513 || is_declaration_die (c)
9514 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9515 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9518 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9521 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c)
9523 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit;
9527 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9531 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9532 return xstrdup (buf);
9535 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9538 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9542 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9544 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9546 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9548 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9549 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9550 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9553 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9556 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9559 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9562 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9563 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9566 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9568 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9570 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9571 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9573 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9577 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9579 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9580 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9581 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9583 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9587 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9589 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9590 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9600 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9603 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9605 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9606 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9608 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9610 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9611 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9615 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9617 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9623 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9627 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9629 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9630 entry->next = *slot;
9636 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9638 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9640 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9642 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9643 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9647 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9650 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9651 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9652 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9655 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9658 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9659 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9660 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9664 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9666 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9667 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9669 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9671 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9672 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9674 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9675 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9676 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9677 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9679 add_child_die (unit, c);
9681 if (c == die->die_child)
9684 } while (c != die->die_child);
9687 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9688 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9692 assign_symbol_names (die);
9693 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9694 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9700 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9701 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9702 &comdat_symbol_number);
9703 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9705 *pnode = node->next;
9708 pnode = &node->next;
9709 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9710 comdat_symbol_number);
9713 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9716 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9719 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9724 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
9725 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9731 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9734 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die)
9736 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9740 return local_scope_p (decl);
9743 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9744 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9747 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9749 switch (die->die_tag)
9751 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9752 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9753 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9754 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9755 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
9757 if (is_declaration_die (die)
9758 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
9759 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die))
9762 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9763 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9764 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9765 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9766 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9767 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9768 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9769 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9770 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9771 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9772 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9773 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9774 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9775 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9776 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9777 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9783 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9786 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9792 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9793 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9795 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
9796 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9801 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9804 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9807 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9809 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9814 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9817 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9824 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9825 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9826 return clone_die (die);
9828 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9829 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9831 return clone_die (decl);
9833 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9834 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9836 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
9838 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9839 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9840 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9844 case DW_AT_artificial:
9845 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9846 case DW_AT_external:
9849 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9850 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9851 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9852 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9854 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9860 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9861 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9863 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9867 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9868 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9869 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9870 attached to the specification. */
9873 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9876 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9878 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9887 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9888 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9889 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9891 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9893 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a)
9895 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9896 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9897 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9898 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9901 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9904 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9905 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9906 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9908 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9909 if (new_decl != NULL)
9911 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9912 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9917 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9918 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9921 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9923 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9926 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9928 if (node->parent != NULL)
9930 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9931 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9935 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9936 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9937 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9940 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9942 skeleton_chain_node node;
9945 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9946 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9948 node.parent = parent;
9950 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9954 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9957 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9959 node.new_die = NULL;
9960 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9962 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9963 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9964 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9965 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9966 move_all_children (c, clone);
9968 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9969 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9970 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9974 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9975 } while (next != NULL);
9978 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9981 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9983 skeleton_chain_node node;
9986 node.new_die = NULL;
9989 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9990 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9991 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9992 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9994 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9995 return node.new_die;
9998 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9999 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10000 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10001 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10002 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10003 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10006 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
10008 dw_die_ref skeleton;
10010 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
10011 if (skeleton == NULL)
10012 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
10015 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
10016 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
10022 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10023 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10026 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
10030 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
10031 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
10032 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
10034 first = c = die->die_child;
10038 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
10041 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
10042 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
10044 dw_die_ref replacement;
10045 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
10047 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10048 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10049 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
10050 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
10051 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language));
10052 type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10053 type_node->root_die = unit;
10054 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
10055 comdat_type_list = type_node;
10057 /* Generate the type signature. */
10058 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
10060 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10061 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10062 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
10064 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10065 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
10067 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10068 break_out_comdat_types (c);
10070 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10071 add_child_die (unit, c);
10073 if (replacement != NULL)
10076 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
10077 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
10078 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10079 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
10081 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10082 break_out_comdat_types (c);
10084 } while (next != NULL);
10087 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10089 struct decl_table_entry
10095 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10098 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
10100 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
10101 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
10103 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
10107 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
10109 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
10110 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
10111 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
10113 return entry1->orig == entry2;
10117 htab_decl_del (void *what)
10119 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
10124 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10125 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10126 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10127 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10130 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10132 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
10133 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
10135 void **slot = NULL;
10136 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
10140 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10141 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
10142 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
10143 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10145 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10146 return entry->copy;
10149 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10150 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10152 entry->copy = NULL;
10156 if (parent != NULL)
10158 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
10161 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10162 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10163 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
10166 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
10167 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
10169 if (decl_table != NULL)
10171 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10172 entry->copy = copy;
10178 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10179 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10183 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10189 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10191 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10193 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
10194 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
10196 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
10198 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
10201 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
10202 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
10204 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10206 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10207 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10208 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10209 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
10213 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
10214 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
10216 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10220 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10221 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10222 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10223 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10224 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10225 entry->orig = targ;
10226 entry->copy = copy;
10229 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10230 into the new type unit. */
10231 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
10232 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10233 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10234 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
10237 add_child_die (parent, copy);
10238 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10240 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10241 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10242 get visited otherwise. */
10243 if (parent != unit)
10245 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10246 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10247 parent->die_mark = 1;
10248 while (parent->die_parent
10249 && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0)
10251 parent = parent->die_parent;
10252 parent->die_mark = 1;
10254 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10260 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10263 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10264 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10265 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10266 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10267 don't have an external reference. */
10270 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10275 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10276 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10277 htab_delete (decl_table);
10278 unmark_dies (unit);
10281 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10282 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10283 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10286 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10290 if (! die->die_child)
10293 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10294 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10296 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10299 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10302 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10308 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10309 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10310 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10312 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10315 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10316 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10317 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10318 die are visited recursively. */
10321 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10323 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10324 unsigned int n_alloc;
10329 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10330 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10331 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10332 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10333 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10335 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10336 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10339 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10341 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10342 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10346 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10348 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10351 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10352 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10355 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a)
10357 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10358 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10359 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10369 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10371 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10373 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10374 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10377 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10378 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10379 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10382 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10383 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10386 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10387 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10390 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10393 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10400 log = floor_log2 (value);
10403 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10408 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10409 .debug_info section. */
10411 static unsigned long
10412 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10414 unsigned long size = 0;
10418 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10419 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10421 switch (AT_class (a))
10423 case dw_val_class_addr:
10424 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10426 case dw_val_class_offset:
10427 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10429 case dw_val_class_loc:
10431 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10433 /* Block length. */
10434 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10435 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10437 size += constant_size (lsize);
10441 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10442 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10444 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10445 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10447 case dw_val_class_const:
10448 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10450 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10451 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10453 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10454 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10455 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10456 size++; /* block */
10458 case dw_val_class_vec:
10459 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10460 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10461 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10462 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10464 case dw_val_class_flag:
10465 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10466 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10467 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10468 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10469 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10470 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10471 the same abbrev entry. */
10472 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10476 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10477 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10479 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10480 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10481 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10482 it's always sized as an offset. */
10483 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10484 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10485 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10486 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10488 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10491 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10493 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10494 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10496 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10497 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10499 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10500 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10501 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10503 case dw_val_class_str:
10504 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10505 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10507 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10509 case dw_val_class_file:
10510 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10512 case dw_val_class_data8:
10515 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
10516 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10519 gcc_unreachable ();
10526 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10527 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10528 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10529 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10532 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10536 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10537 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10539 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10541 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10542 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10543 next_die_offset += 1;
10546 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10547 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10548 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10549 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10552 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10556 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10559 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10562 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10565 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10569 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10570 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10573 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10576 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10579 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10585 if (!die->die_mark)
10589 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10591 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10592 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10593 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10596 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10597 generated for the compilation unit. */
10599 static unsigned long
10600 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10602 unsigned long size;
10606 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10607 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, p)
10608 if (names != pubtype_table
10609 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10610 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10611 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10613 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10617 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10619 static unsigned long
10620 size_of_aranges (void)
10622 unsigned long size;
10624 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10626 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10627 if (text_section_used)
10628 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10629 if (cold_text_section_used)
10630 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10631 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10633 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10634 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10638 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10640 static enum dwarf_form
10641 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10643 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10645 case dw_val_class_addr:
10646 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10647 switch (a->dw_attr)
10650 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10651 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10652 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10653 return DW_FORM_addr;
10657 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10660 return DW_FORM_data1;
10662 return DW_FORM_data2;
10664 return DW_FORM_data4;
10666 return DW_FORM_data8;
10668 gcc_unreachable ();
10670 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10671 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10672 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10673 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10675 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
10676 case dw_val_class_offset:
10677 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10680 return DW_FORM_data4;
10682 return DW_FORM_data8;
10684 gcc_unreachable ();
10686 case dw_val_class_loc:
10687 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10688 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10689 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10692 return DW_FORM_block1;
10694 return DW_FORM_block2;
10696 gcc_unreachable ();
10698 case dw_val_class_const:
10699 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10700 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10701 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10704 return DW_FORM_data1;
10706 return DW_FORM_data2;
10708 return DW_FORM_data4;
10710 return DW_FORM_data8;
10712 gcc_unreachable ();
10714 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10715 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10718 return DW_FORM_data2;
10720 return DW_FORM_data4;
10722 return DW_FORM_data8;
10725 return DW_FORM_block1;
10727 case dw_val_class_vec:
10728 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10729 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10732 return DW_FORM_block1;
10734 return DW_FORM_block2;
10736 return DW_FORM_block4;
10738 gcc_unreachable ();
10740 case dw_val_class_flag:
10741 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10743 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10744 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10745 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10746 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10747 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10748 the same abbrev entry. */
10749 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10750 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10752 return DW_FORM_flag;
10753 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10754 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10755 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10757 return DW_FORM_ref;
10758 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10759 return DW_FORM_data;
10760 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10761 return DW_FORM_addr;
10762 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10763 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10764 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10765 case dw_val_class_str:
10766 return AT_string_form (a);
10767 case dw_val_class_file:
10768 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10771 return DW_FORM_data1;
10773 return DW_FORM_data2;
10775 return DW_FORM_data4;
10777 gcc_unreachable ();
10780 case dw_val_class_data8:
10781 return DW_FORM_data8;
10784 gcc_unreachable ();
10788 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10791 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10793 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10795 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10798 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10802 output_abbrev_section (void)
10804 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10806 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10808 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10810 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10812 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10813 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10814 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10816 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10821 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10824 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10825 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10826 output_value_format (a_attr);
10829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10830 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10833 /* Terminate the table. */
10834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10837 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10840 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10842 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10847 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10848 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10849 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10851 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10853 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10856 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10859 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10860 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10861 const char *section)
10863 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
10865 retlist->begin = begin;
10866 retlist->end = end;
10867 retlist->expr = expr;
10868 retlist->section = section;
10873 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10874 hasn't got one yet. */
10877 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10879 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10880 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10883 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10886 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10888 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10890 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10892 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10893 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10895 unsigned long size;
10896 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10897 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10899 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10901 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10902 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10903 list_head->ll_symbol);
10904 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10905 "Location list end address (%s)",
10906 list_head->ll_symbol);
10910 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10911 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10912 list_head->ll_symbol);
10913 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10914 "Location list end address (%s)",
10915 list_head->ll_symbol);
10917 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10919 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10920 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10921 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10923 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10927 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10928 list_head->ll_symbol);
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10930 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10931 list_head->ll_symbol);
10934 /* Output a type signature. */
10937 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10941 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10945 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10946 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10949 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10953 unsigned long size;
10956 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10957 them to point to. */
10958 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10959 output_die_symbol (die);
10961 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10962 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10963 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10965 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10967 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10969 switch (AT_class (a))
10971 case dw_val_class_addr:
10972 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10975 case dw_val_class_offset:
10976 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10980 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10982 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10984 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10985 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10986 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10987 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10992 case dw_val_class_loc:
10993 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10995 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10996 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10999 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
11001 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
11004 case dw_val_class_const:
11005 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11006 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11007 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11008 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
11011 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
11012 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
11013 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
11016 case dw_val_class_const_double:
11018 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
11020 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
11021 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11022 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11023 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11026 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
11028 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
11029 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
11033 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
11034 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
11037 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11039 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11044 case dw_val_class_vec:
11046 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
11047 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
11051 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
11052 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
11053 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
11058 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
11060 i++, p += elt_size)
11061 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
11062 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
11066 case dw_val_class_flag:
11067 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11069 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11070 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11071 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11072 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11073 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11074 the same abbrev entry. */
11075 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
11076 if (flag_debug_asm)
11077 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11078 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
11081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
11084 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
11086 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
11089 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
11094 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
11095 if (AT_ref_external (a))
11097 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11099 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
11100 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
11102 gcc_assert (type_node);
11103 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
11107 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
11111 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11112 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11114 if (dwarf_version == 2)
11115 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11117 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
11118 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
11124 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
11125 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
11130 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
11134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
11135 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
11136 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
11141 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
11142 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11143 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
11147 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
11148 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
11151 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
11152 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11153 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
11156 case dw_val_class_macptr:
11157 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11158 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
11161 case dw_val_class_str:
11162 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
11163 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11164 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
11166 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
11168 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
11171 case dw_val_class_file:
11173 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
11175 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
11176 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
11180 case dw_val_class_data8:
11184 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
11185 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
11186 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
11191 gcc_unreachable ();
11195 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
11197 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11198 if (die->die_child != NULL)
11199 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11200 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
11203 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11204 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11207 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11209 int ver = dwarf_version;
11211 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11212 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11213 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11214 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11215 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
11216 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11217 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
11218 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
11219 debug_abbrev_section,
11220 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11224 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11227 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
11229 const char *secname;
11230 char *oldsym, *tmp;
11232 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11233 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
11236 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11237 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11238 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11239 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11240 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11243 build_abbrev_table (die);
11245 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11246 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11247 calc_die_sizes (die);
11249 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
11252 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
11254 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
11256 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
11257 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11260 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11262 /* Output debugging information. */
11263 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11266 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11267 output_pubnames. */
11271 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11275 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11278 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11280 const char *secname;
11283 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11287 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11288 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11290 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11292 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11293 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11294 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11296 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11297 secname = ".debug_types";
11298 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11299 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11300 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11301 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11302 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11303 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11304 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11307 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11308 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11309 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11310 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11312 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11315 /* Output debugging information. */
11316 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11317 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11318 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11319 "Offset to Type DIE");
11320 output_die (node->root_die);
11322 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11325 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11327 static const char *
11328 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11330 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl))
11332 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11335 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11338 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11340 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
11345 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11346 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11351 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11353 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11355 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11357 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11361 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11364 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11368 if (!targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
11372 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11373 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent))
11374 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11379 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11381 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11382 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11383 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11384 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11385 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11387 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11392 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11394 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11397 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11398 it to the table. */
11399 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11400 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11404 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11405 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11408 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11411 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11414 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11415 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11416 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11417 if (names == pubname_table)
11418 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11419 "Length of Public Names Info");
11421 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11422 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11423 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11424 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11425 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11426 debug_info_section,
11427 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11428 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11429 "Compilation Unit Length");
11431 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, pub)
11433 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11434 if (names == pubname_table)
11435 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11437 if (names != pubtype_table
11438 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11439 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11441 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11444 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11448 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11451 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11454 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11456 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
11459 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
11461 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11462 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
11463 arange_table_allocated);
11464 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
11465 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11468 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
11471 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11472 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11473 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11476 output_aranges (void)
11479 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
11481 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11482 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11483 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11484 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11485 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11486 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11487 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11488 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11489 debug_info_section,
11490 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11491 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11492 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11494 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11495 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11497 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11499 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11500 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11501 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11502 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11505 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11506 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11507 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11508 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11509 confused with the terminator. */
11510 if (text_section_used)
11512 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11513 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11514 text_section_label, "Length");
11516 if (cold_text_section_used)
11518 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11520 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11521 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11524 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11526 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11528 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11529 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11531 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11533 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11535 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11536 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11540 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11541 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11542 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11543 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11544 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11546 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11549 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11551 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11552 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11554 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11559 /* Output the terminator words. */
11560 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11561 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11564 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11567 static unsigned int
11568 add_ranges_num (int num)
11570 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11572 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11574 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11575 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11576 ranges_table_allocated);
11577 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11578 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11581 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11582 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11584 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11587 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11588 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11590 static unsigned int
11591 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11593 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11596 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11600 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11603 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11604 unsigned int offset;
11606 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11608 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11609 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11611 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11612 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11613 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11614 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11617 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11618 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11619 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11621 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11624 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11630 output_ranges (void)
11633 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11634 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11636 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11638 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11642 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11643 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11646 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11648 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11649 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11650 base of the text section. */
11651 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11653 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11654 text_section_label,
11655 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11656 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11657 text_section_label, NULL);
11660 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11661 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11662 about whether the target supports cross-section
11666 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11667 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11668 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11674 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11675 else if (block_num < 0)
11677 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11679 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11681 gcc_unreachable ();
11683 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11684 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11685 the #if 0 above. */
11686 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11687 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11688 text_section_label,
11689 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11690 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11691 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11692 text_section_label, NULL);
11697 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11698 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11699 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11700 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11701 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11707 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11708 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11714 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11717 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11718 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11719 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11720 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11721 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11724 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11728 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11729 int length; /* Path length. */
11730 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11731 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11732 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11735 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11736 the directories in the path. */
11739 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11741 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11742 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11743 const unsigned char *cp1;
11744 const unsigned char *cp2;
11746 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11747 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11748 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11749 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11750 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11751 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11752 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11754 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11755 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11761 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11762 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11763 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11764 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11765 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11767 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11768 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11769 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11773 struct file_name_acquire_data
11775 struct file_info *files;
11780 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11783 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11785 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11786 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11787 struct file_info *fi;
11790 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11792 if (! d->emitted_number)
11795 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11797 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11799 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11801 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11804 /* Create a new array entry. */
11806 fi->length = strlen (f);
11809 /* Search for the file name part. */
11810 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11811 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11813 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11817 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11823 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11827 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11828 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11829 slowdowns with many input files. */
11832 output_file_names (void)
11834 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11836 struct file_info *files;
11837 struct dir_info *dirs;
11845 if (!last_emitted_file)
11847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11848 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11852 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11854 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11855 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11856 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11858 fnad.files = files;
11859 fnad.used_files = 0;
11860 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11861 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11862 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11864 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11866 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11867 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11868 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11869 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11871 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11872 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11875 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11876 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11877 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11878 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11880 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11881 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11882 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11888 /* This is a new directory. */
11889 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11890 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11891 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11892 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11893 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11895 /* Search for a prefix. */
11896 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11897 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11898 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11899 && dirs[j].length > 1
11900 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11901 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11902 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11903 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11908 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11909 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11910 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11911 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11912 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11913 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11914 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11915 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11917 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11918 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11923 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11924 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11925 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11926 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11928 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11931 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11933 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11937 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11938 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11939 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11943 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11944 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11946 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11947 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11952 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11954 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11956 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11957 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11958 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11960 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11961 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11963 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11964 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11969 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11970 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11971 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11972 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11974 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11975 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11979 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11980 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11981 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11982 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11983 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11984 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11986 /* Now write all the file names. */
11987 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11989 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11990 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11992 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11993 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11995 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11996 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12001 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
12002 + dirs[dir_idx].length
12003 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
12004 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
12006 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
12007 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
12008 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
12010 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12011 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
12013 /* Include directory index. */
12014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
12016 /* Modification time. */
12017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12018 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12022 /* File length in bytes. */
12023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12024 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
12028 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
12029 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
12031 /* Include directory index. */
12032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
12034 /* Modification time. */
12035 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
12037 /* File length in bytes. */
12038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
12039 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12046 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12047 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12050 output_line_info (void)
12052 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
12053 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12054 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12056 unsigned n_op_args;
12057 unsigned long lt_index;
12058 unsigned long current_line;
12061 unsigned long current_file;
12062 unsigned long function;
12063 int ver = dwarf_version;
12065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
12066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
12067 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
12068 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
12070 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12071 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12072 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12073 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
12074 "Length of Source Line Info");
12075 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
12077 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
12078 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
12079 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
12081 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
12082 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
12083 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
12084 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
12085 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
12086 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
12087 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
12088 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
12089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
12090 "Minimum Instruction Length");
12093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
12094 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
12096 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12097 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
12098 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
12100 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12101 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
12102 "Special Opcode Base");
12104 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
12108 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
12109 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
12110 case DW_LNS_set_file:
12111 case DW_LNS_set_column:
12112 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
12120 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12124 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12125 output_file_names ();
12126 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
12128 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
12129 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12130 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12132 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12133 a series of state machine operations. */
12137 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
12138 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
12140 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
12141 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
12143 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
12146 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12147 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12150 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12151 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12152 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12153 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
12154 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
12158 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12160 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12161 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12162 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12163 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12164 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12165 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
12170 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12171 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12172 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12173 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12177 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12178 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12179 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12182 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12185 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12187 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12188 different from the previous line. */
12189 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12191 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12193 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12196 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12197 that uses the least amount of space. */
12198 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12200 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12201 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12202 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12203 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12204 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12205 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12207 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12208 "line %lu", current_line);
12211 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12212 depending on the value being encoded. */
12213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12214 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12215 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12216 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12220 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12224 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12228 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12229 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12234 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12236 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
12239 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12240 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12241 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12246 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
12248 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12249 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
12252 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12253 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
12254 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
12255 && line_info->function == function)
12259 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12260 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12261 to handle it differently. */
12262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12264 if (function != line_info->function)
12266 function = line_info->function;
12268 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12271 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12272 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12276 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12280 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12281 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12288 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12292 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12294 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12295 different from the previous line. */
12296 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12298 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12299 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12303 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12304 that uses the least amount of space. */
12305 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12307 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12308 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12309 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12310 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12312 "line %lu", current_line);
12315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12316 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12317 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12322 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12330 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12331 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
12332 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
12337 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12338 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
12341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12342 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12343 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12348 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12349 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12350 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12353 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12355 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12356 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12360 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12361 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12364 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12366 static unsigned long
12367 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12369 unsigned long size;
12372 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12374 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12375 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
12377 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12378 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p)
12380 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
12381 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12382 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12384 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12385 gcc_assert (poc_die);
12386 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12388 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12389 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
12391 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
12397 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12398 identical function have been merged. */
12401 output_dcall_table (void)
12404 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
12406 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12407 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12409 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12410 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12411 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12412 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
12413 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12414 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12415 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
12416 debug_info_section,
12417 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12420 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p)
12422 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12423 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12425 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12426 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12429 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
12430 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
12431 "Caller DIE offset");
12434 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12435 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12436 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
12437 "Callee DIE offset");
12441 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12443 static unsigned long
12444 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12446 unsigned long size;
12450 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12453 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12454 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p)
12455 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
12460 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12461 identical function have been merged. */
12464 output_vcall_table (void)
12467 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
12469 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12471 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12472 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12473 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12474 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
12475 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12476 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12477 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12479 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p)
12481 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12482 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12483 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
12487 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12488 a DIE that describes the given type.
12490 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12491 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12494 base_type_die (tree type)
12496 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12497 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12499 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12502 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12503 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12504 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12505 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12507 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12510 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
12511 && TYPE_NAME (type)
12512 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12513 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
12514 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12516 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
12517 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
12518 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
12520 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
12524 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12526 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12527 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12529 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12531 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12532 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12534 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12538 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12540 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12541 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12543 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12546 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12549 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12550 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12551 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12552 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12553 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12555 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12558 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12559 a user defined type for it. */
12561 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12562 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12564 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12568 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12569 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12573 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12574 gcc_unreachable ();
12577 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12579 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12580 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12581 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12583 return base_type_result;
12586 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12587 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12590 is_base_type (tree type)
12592 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12598 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12606 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12607 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12608 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12611 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12618 gcc_unreachable ();
12624 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12625 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12626 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12627 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12628 ERROR_MARK node. */
12630 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12631 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12633 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12634 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12635 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12637 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12638 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12640 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12643 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12645 static inline double_int
12646 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12648 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12649 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
12650 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12651 return double_int_zero;
12652 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
12653 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
12655 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
12658 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12659 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12662 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12664 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12665 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12667 if (context_die == NULL)
12668 context_die = comp_unit_die ();
12670 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12672 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12674 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12675 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12676 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12680 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12682 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12684 return subrange_die;
12687 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12688 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12691 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12692 dw_die_ref context_die)
12694 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12695 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12696 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12697 tree item_type = NULL;
12698 tree qualified_type;
12699 tree name, low, high;
12701 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12704 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12707 = get_qualified_type (type,
12708 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12709 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12711 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12712 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12713 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12715 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12716 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12718 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12719 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12720 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12721 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12723 qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12726 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12727 if (qualified_type)
12729 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12731 return mod_type_die;
12734 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12736 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12737 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12738 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12740 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12742 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12744 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12745 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12746 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12748 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12749 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12750 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12751 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12752 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12753 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12754 type to which it refers. */
12755 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12756 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12758 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12763 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12764 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12766 else if (is_volatile_type)
12768 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12769 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12771 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12773 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12774 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12775 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12776 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12777 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12778 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12779 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12781 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12783 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12784 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
12787 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12788 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12789 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12790 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12791 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12792 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12793 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12795 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12796 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12797 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12799 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12800 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12802 else if (is_base_type (type))
12803 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12806 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12808 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12809 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12810 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12811 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12812 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12814 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12815 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12817 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12818 not the main variant. */
12819 return lookup_type_die (type);
12822 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12823 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12824 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12825 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12826 if the base type already has the same name. */
12828 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12829 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12830 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12831 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12832 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12833 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12835 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12836 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12837 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12838 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12839 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12840 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12842 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12843 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12844 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12846 if (qualified_type)
12847 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12850 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12851 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12852 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12853 types are possible in Ada. */
12854 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12855 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12856 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12859 if (sub_die != NULL)
12860 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12862 return mod_type_die;
12865 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12866 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12867 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12870 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12874 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12876 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12880 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12881 else if (DECL_P (t))
12882 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12886 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12888 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12889 or function. End of story. */
12892 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12893 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12894 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12896 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12898 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12899 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12900 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12901 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12903 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12905 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12906 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12907 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12908 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12909 an argument pack. */
12910 if (arg_pack_elems)
12911 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12915 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12916 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12921 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12922 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12923 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12924 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12925 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12927 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12928 as a child node. */
12931 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12933 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12935 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12936 const char *name = NULL;
12938 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12941 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12942 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12943 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12945 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12946 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12947 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12948 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12949 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12950 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12951 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12952 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12953 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12954 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12955 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12956 name of the template template argument. */
12957 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12960 gcc_unreachable ();
12966 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12967 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12968 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12969 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12973 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12975 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12978 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12980 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12981 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12982 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12983 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12984 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12985 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12986 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12987 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12992 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12993 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12994 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12996 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12997 to the name of the argument. */
12998 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
13000 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
13003 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
13004 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13005 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13006 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13008 We must be careful here:
13009 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13010 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13011 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13012 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13013 emitted after cgraph computations.
13014 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13015 after cgraph is ready. */
13016 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
13022 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13023 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13024 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13027 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
13028 tree parm_pack_args,
13029 dw_die_ref parent_die)
13034 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
13036 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
13037 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
13038 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
13039 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
13040 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
13041 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13046 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13047 an enumerated type. */
13050 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
13052 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
13055 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13057 static unsigned int
13058 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
13060 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
13062 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
13064 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13065 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
13067 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
13068 if (leaf_reg != -1)
13069 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
13073 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
13076 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13077 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13078 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13081 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
13083 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
13085 if (*list_head != NULL)
13087 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13088 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
13091 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
13092 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
13096 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13097 zero if there is none. */
13099 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13100 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
13104 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13107 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13108 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13109 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13110 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13111 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13112 if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
13113 && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
13115 dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
13117 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
13119 result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13121 add_loc_descr (&result,
13122 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13127 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
13129 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
13130 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
13132 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
13135 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13136 a given hard register number. */
13138 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13139 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
13141 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
13145 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
13147 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
13149 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13150 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13152 return reg_loc_descr;
13155 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13156 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13158 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13159 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
13160 enum var_init_status initialized)
13162 int nregs, size, i;
13164 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13167 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13168 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
13170 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
13171 if (leaf_reg != -1)
13172 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
13175 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
13176 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
13178 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13179 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
13181 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
13186 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13188 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
13189 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13190 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13191 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13197 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13199 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
13201 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13204 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
13206 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13208 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
13209 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13210 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13211 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13212 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13215 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13216 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13220 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13222 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13223 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13225 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13227 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13228 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13232 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
13233 else if (i <= 0xff)
13234 op = DW_OP_const1u;
13235 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13236 op = DW_OP_const2u;
13237 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13238 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13239 op = DW_OP_const4u;
13246 op = DW_OP_const1s;
13247 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13248 op = DW_OP_const2s;
13249 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13250 || i >= -0x80000000)
13251 op = DW_OP_const4s;
13256 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
13259 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13260 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13262 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13263 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13266 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13268 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13275 else if (i <= 0xff)
13277 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13279 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13280 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13283 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
13289 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13291 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13292 || i >= -0x80000000)
13295 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
13297 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13298 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13299 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13300 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13301 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13302 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
13304 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
13305 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13306 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13310 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13312 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13313 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13317 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13319 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13320 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13321 enum var_init_status initialized)
13323 unsigned int regno;
13324 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13325 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13327 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13328 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13329 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13330 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13331 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13333 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13337 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13339 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13340 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13342 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13343 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13344 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13345 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13346 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13347 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13349 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13350 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13351 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13352 access stack variables. */
13353 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13354 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13357 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13358 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13359 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
13360 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13363 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13364 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13369 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13370 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13372 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13373 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13374 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13375 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13376 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13377 else in other part of the routine. */
13378 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13381 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13383 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13386 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13388 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13389 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13394 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13397 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13399 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13400 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13401 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13402 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13405 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13408 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13409 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13412 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13414 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13417 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13419 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13420 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13423 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13424 if (loc_result == NULL)
13427 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13428 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13433 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13437 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13439 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13441 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13443 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13446 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13447 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13449 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13453 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13454 or via for_each_rtx. */
13457 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13461 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13463 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13464 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13465 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13466 inform (current_function_decl
13467 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13468 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13469 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13472 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13473 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13477 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13480 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13483 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13484 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13485 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13488 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13489 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13494 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13497 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13498 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13499 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13500 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13501 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13502 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13504 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13506 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13508 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13509 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13517 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13518 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13519 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13522 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13524 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13525 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13527 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13528 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13533 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13534 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13535 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13536 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13538 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13539 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13540 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13541 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13543 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13544 autoincrement addressing modes.
13546 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13547 location list for RTL.
13549 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13551 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13552 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13553 enum var_init_status initialized)
13555 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13556 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13557 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13559 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13560 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13561 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13562 zeroth element of the array. */
13564 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13566 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13571 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13574 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13575 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13576 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13577 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13578 contains the given subreg. */
13579 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13581 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13582 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13584 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13586 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13590 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13591 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13592 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13593 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13594 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13595 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13596 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13597 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13598 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13599 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13600 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13601 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13602 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13603 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13604 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13605 else if (stack_realign_drap
13607 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13608 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13610 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13611 out, use DRAP instead. */
13612 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13613 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13619 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13620 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13625 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13626 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13627 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13628 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13632 mem_loc_result = op0;
13633 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13634 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13635 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13636 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13641 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13642 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13643 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13644 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13645 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13647 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13649 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13652 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13653 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13655 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13656 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13657 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13661 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13662 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13663 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13668 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13670 /* ... fall through ... */
13673 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13674 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13678 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13679 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13681 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13683 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13684 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13687 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13688 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13689 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13690 temp = new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4
13691 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u, 0, 0);
13692 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13693 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13694 temp->dtprel = true;
13696 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13697 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13702 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13706 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13707 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13708 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13709 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13715 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
13716 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13717 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13721 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13722 PLUS code below. */
13723 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13728 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13730 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13731 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13732 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13733 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13735 /* ... fall through ... */
13739 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13740 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13741 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13742 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13745 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13746 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13747 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13750 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13751 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13754 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13755 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13756 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13757 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13759 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13760 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13761 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13766 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13767 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13809 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13810 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13811 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13812 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13814 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13817 mem_loc_result = op0;
13818 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13819 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13823 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13824 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13825 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13826 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13828 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13831 mem_loc_result = op0;
13832 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13833 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13834 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13835 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13836 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13837 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13853 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13854 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13859 mem_loc_result = op0;
13860 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13864 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13892 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13893 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13897 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13899 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13900 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13901 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13904 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13905 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13906 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13907 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13909 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13912 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13913 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13915 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13916 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13917 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13918 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13919 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13921 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13923 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13924 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13927 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13928 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13930 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13931 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13932 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13933 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13934 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13935 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13936 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13937 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13938 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13939 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13940 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13941 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13942 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13943 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13944 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13945 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13946 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13949 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13950 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13951 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13952 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13955 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13956 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13962 mem_loc_result = op0;
13963 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13964 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13965 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13967 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13968 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13969 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13990 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13991 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13995 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13997 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13998 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13999 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
14002 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
14003 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14004 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
14005 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14007 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14010 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
14011 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14013 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
14014 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
14016 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14017 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
14020 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14021 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
14023 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14024 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
14025 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14026 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
14027 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14028 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14030 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14031 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14033 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14034 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
14035 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14036 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
14037 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14038 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14040 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14041 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14046 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
14047 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
14048 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14049 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14050 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
14051 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
14053 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14063 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
14064 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14065 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14068 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
14069 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14070 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
14071 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14073 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14076 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
14077 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
14078 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14079 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
14081 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14083 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
14084 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14085 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14086 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14087 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14091 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
14092 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
14093 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14094 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14097 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14099 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14100 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
14101 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
14102 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14103 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14104 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14105 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14108 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
14112 mem_loc_result = op0;
14113 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14114 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14116 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
14118 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14119 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
14120 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
14121 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
14122 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
14123 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14124 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
14130 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14131 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
14132 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14133 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
14134 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
14135 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14136 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14139 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
14140 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14143 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
14147 mem_loc_result = op0;
14148 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
14149 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
14150 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14151 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14153 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14155 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14156 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14158 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14160 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14162 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14163 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
14164 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14174 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14175 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14202 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
14204 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
14207 case FRACT_CONVERT:
14208 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
14210 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
14222 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
14225 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14226 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14231 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
14235 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14236 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
14237 gcc_unreachable ();
14243 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14244 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14246 return mem_loc_result;
14249 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14250 This is typically a complex variable. */
14252 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14253 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
14255 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14256 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14257 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14258 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14259 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14261 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
14264 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
14265 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
14267 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
14268 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
14270 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14271 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14273 return cc_loc_result;
14276 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14279 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14280 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
14283 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14284 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
14286 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
14288 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
14289 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
14291 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14295 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
14296 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
14299 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14300 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14302 return cc_loc_result;
14305 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14306 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14308 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14309 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14311 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
14316 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
14317 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL
14318 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL);
14319 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl));
14320 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
14321 ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
14324 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14325 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
14326 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14330 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
14331 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl);
14336 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14337 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14338 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14339 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14340 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14342 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14343 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14344 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14346 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14348 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14349 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
14350 enum var_init_status initialized)
14352 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
14354 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14357 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14358 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14359 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14360 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14361 contains the given subreg. */
14362 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
14366 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14370 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
14372 if (loc_result == NULL)
14373 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14374 if (loc_result == NULL)
14376 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14377 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14378 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
14383 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
14388 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14393 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
14395 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
14396 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14397 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
14398 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
14402 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14407 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
14408 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
14409 enum machine_mode mode;
14412 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14413 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
14414 VOIDmode, initialized);
14415 if (loc_result == NULL)
14417 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
14418 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14419 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
14421 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14423 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
14424 VOIDmode, initialized);
14427 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
14428 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
14429 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14435 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
14436 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
14441 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14442 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14444 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14446 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14448 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14449 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14450 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14451 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14452 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14453 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14454 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14456 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14457 unsigned char *array
14458 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
14460 insert_float (rtl, array);
14461 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14462 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14463 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14464 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14468 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
14469 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14470 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14476 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14477 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14479 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14481 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14482 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14483 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
14484 ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size);
14488 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14489 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14491 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14492 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14494 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14495 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14497 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14498 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14501 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14502 insert_double (val, p);
14507 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14508 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14510 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14511 insert_float (elt, p);
14516 gcc_unreachable ();
14519 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14520 length * elt_size, 0);
14521 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14522 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
14523 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
14524 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14529 if (mode == VOIDmode
14530 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
14531 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14532 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
14534 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14539 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14542 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14543 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14545 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14546 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14547 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14548 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14549 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14553 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
14554 loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0);
14558 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
14559 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14562 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
14567 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14568 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14569 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14571 /* Value expression. */
14572 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14574 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14575 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14583 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14584 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14585 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14586 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14587 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14588 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14590 static const char *
14591 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14593 const char *secname;
14595 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14597 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14598 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14600 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14602 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14603 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14605 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14606 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14608 secname = text_section_label;
14613 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14616 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14618 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14619 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14620 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14623 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14626 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14627 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14628 enum var_init_status initialized)
14630 int have_address = 0;
14631 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14632 enum machine_mode mode;
14634 if (want_address != 2)
14636 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14638 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14640 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14641 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14642 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14643 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14644 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14646 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14647 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14652 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14654 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14658 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14665 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
14666 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
14668 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
14669 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14676 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14677 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14679 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14681 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14682 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14685 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14688 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14689 if (want_address && !have_address)
14691 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14692 "Want address and only have value");
14696 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14697 if (!want_address && have_address)
14699 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14700 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14702 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14704 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14705 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14708 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14711 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14713 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14719 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14720 if it is not possible. */
14722 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14723 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14725 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
14726 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
14727 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14728 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
14733 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14734 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14736 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14737 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
14740 unsigned int padsize = 0;
14741 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
14742 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
14744 enum var_init_status initialized;
14746 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
14747 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
14750 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
14752 descr_tail = &descr;
14754 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
14756 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
14757 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
14758 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
14759 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
14760 unsigned int opsize = 0;
14762 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
14763 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
14765 padsize += bitsize;
14768 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
14769 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
14770 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
14771 if (cur_descr == NULL)
14773 padsize += bitsize;
14777 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14778 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14779 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14780 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
14781 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
14782 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
14784 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
14788 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
14790 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
14794 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14796 padsize += bitsize;
14800 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14801 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14804 if (padsize > decl_size)
14806 decl_size -= padsize;
14807 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
14808 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14810 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14813 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14815 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14817 decl_size -= bitsize;
14820 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
14821 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
14822 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14824 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14825 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14826 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14830 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
14831 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
14832 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
14833 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14834 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
14835 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
14840 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14841 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14842 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14844 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14846 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14847 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
14848 if (memsize != bitsize)
14850 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14851 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
14853 if (memsize < bitsize)
14855 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14856 offset = memsize - bitsize;
14860 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
14861 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14863 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14867 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14869 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14871 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
14872 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14878 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14879 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14882 static dw_loc_list_ref
14883 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14885 const char *endname, *secname;
14887 enum var_init_status initialized;
14888 struct var_loc_node *node;
14889 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14890 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14891 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14892 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14894 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14895 actually construct the list of locations.
14896 The first location information is what is passed to the
14897 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14898 locations just get added on to that list.
14899 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14900 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14901 the range [current location start, next location start].
14902 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14903 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14905 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14907 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14908 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14909 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14911 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14913 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14914 inside DWARF expressions. */
14915 if (want_address != 2)
14917 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14923 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14924 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14925 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14929 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14930 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14932 endname = node->next->label;
14933 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14934 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14935 else if (!current_function_decl)
14936 endname = text_end_label;
14939 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14940 current_function_funcdef_no);
14941 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14944 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14945 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14949 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14950 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14951 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14952 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14953 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14955 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14961 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14962 as location description. */
14965 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14967 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14968 return !list->ll_symbol;
14971 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14974 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14976 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14977 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14978 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14981 copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14982 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14983 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14984 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14986 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14987 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14988 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14991 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14995 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14996 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14997 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14998 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15000 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15001 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15002 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15003 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15007 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
15016 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
15018 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
15021 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
15023 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
15027 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
15028 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15029 " location lists.\n");
15034 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15035 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15037 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15038 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
15040 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15041 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
15042 enum machine_mode mode;
15044 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
15049 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
15051 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15052 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15054 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
15056 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15057 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15060 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15061 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15062 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15065 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15066 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15067 into simple arithmetics. */
15069 static dw_loc_list_ref
15070 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
15073 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
15074 enum machine_mode mode;
15076 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15077 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
15079 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
15080 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
15081 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15083 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
15085 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
15088 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
15090 expansion_failed (obj,
15091 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15094 if (!offset && !bitpos)
15095 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
15097 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15098 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15100 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
15105 /* Variable offset. */
15106 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15107 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15109 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15112 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15113 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15115 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15117 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15118 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
15120 else if (bytepos < 0)
15121 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15122 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15123 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15129 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15130 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15131 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15132 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15133 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15134 to refer to register values). */
15136 static dw_loc_list_ref
15137 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15139 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
15140 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
15141 int have_address = 0;
15142 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15144 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15145 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15148 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
15151 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
15154 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
15155 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15156 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15157 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15158 the names of types. */
15159 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15163 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
15164 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15167 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
15168 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
15169 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
15170 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
15171 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15172 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15176 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15177 e.g. for &this->field. */
15180 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15181 (loc, want_address == 2);
15184 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
15185 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15188 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15189 if (!list_ret && !ret)
15190 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
15194 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15200 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
15203 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
15204 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
15205 bool dtprel = false;
15207 if (targetm.have_tls)
15209 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15211 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
15214 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15215 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15216 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15217 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15218 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15219 operand shouldn't be. */
15220 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
15222 first_op = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u;
15224 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
15228 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
15229 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
15231 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15232 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15233 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15234 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15235 loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc);
15236 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
15237 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
15240 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15241 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15246 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15247 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
15250 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
15251 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15252 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15253 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
15255 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
15256 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
15264 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
15265 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
15270 case FUNCTION_DECL:
15273 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
15275 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
15277 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
15278 have_address = want_address != 0;
15281 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15282 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15284 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
15287 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
15289 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15290 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15291 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
15292 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
15294 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15296 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
15299 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15301 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15302 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15303 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15307 enum machine_mode mode;
15309 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15310 if (want_address == 2)
15312 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
15313 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15318 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15321 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15324 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15327 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
15328 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15335 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
15339 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15343 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
15344 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
15347 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15350 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
15352 case COMPONENT_REF:
15353 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
15355 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
15356 case REALPART_EXPR:
15357 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
15360 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
15361 enum machine_mode mode;
15363 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15365 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
15366 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15368 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
15370 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
15372 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
15373 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15374 for nonzero bitpos. */
15377 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
15379 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15380 "bitfield access");
15384 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
15386 /* Variable offset. */
15387 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15388 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15390 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15393 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15396 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15398 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
15399 else if (bytepos < 0)
15400 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15407 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
15408 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15410 else if (want_address == 2
15411 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
15412 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15413 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
15414 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
15416 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
15417 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
15420 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15421 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15430 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15433 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15434 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15435 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15438 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
15439 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
15444 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
15449 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
15450 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
15455 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
15456 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
15457 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
15458 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
15459 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15468 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
15469 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
15470 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
15471 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
15472 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15477 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15478 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15479 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15482 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15485 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15486 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15487 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
15488 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
15489 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
15501 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
15504 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
15506 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
15508 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15512 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
15520 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15527 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15534 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15541 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15556 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15557 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15558 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15561 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15564 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15567 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
15581 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15585 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15591 const enum tree_code code =
15592 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
15594 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
15595 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
15596 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
15597 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
15600 /* ... fall through ... */
15604 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15605 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15606 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15607 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
15608 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
15610 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15611 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
15614 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
15615 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
15617 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
15618 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
15619 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
15621 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
15622 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15623 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
15625 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15626 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
15627 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
15628 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15629 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
15633 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
15637 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15638 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15639 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
15640 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
15642 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15643 "language specific tree node");
15647 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15648 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15649 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15650 gcc_unreachable ();
15652 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15653 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15658 if (!ret && !list_ret)
15661 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15662 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15664 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15666 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15667 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15671 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15673 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15674 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15677 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15678 if (want_address && !have_address)
15680 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15681 "Want address and only have value");
15685 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
15687 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15688 if (!want_address && have_address)
15690 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15692 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15694 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15695 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15698 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15701 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15704 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15706 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15709 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15714 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15716 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15718 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
15721 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15723 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15724 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15730 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15731 which is not less than the value itself. */
15733 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15734 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15736 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15739 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15740 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15741 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15742 ERROR_MARK node. */
15745 field_type (const_tree decl)
15749 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15750 return integer_type_node;
15752 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15753 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15754 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15759 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15760 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15761 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15763 static inline unsigned
15764 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15766 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15769 static inline unsigned
15770 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15772 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15775 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15777 static inline double_int
15778 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
15780 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
15781 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
15782 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
15783 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
15784 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
15788 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15789 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15790 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15791 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15792 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15795 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15796 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15798 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
15799 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
15800 double_int bitpos_int;
15802 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15805 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15807 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15808 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15809 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15810 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
15813 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
15815 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15816 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15819 tree field_size_tree;
15820 double_int deepest_bitpos;
15821 double_int field_size_in_bits;
15822 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15823 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15824 double_int type_size_in_bits;
15826 type = field_type (decl);
15827 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
15828 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15830 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15832 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15833 a flexible array member. */
15834 if (!field_size_tree)
15835 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15837 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15838 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
15839 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
15841 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15843 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15845 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15846 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15847 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15848 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15849 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15850 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15851 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15852 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15853 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15855 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15857 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15858 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15859 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15860 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15861 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15862 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15863 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15864 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15865 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15866 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15867 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15869 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15870 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15871 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15872 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15873 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15874 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15875 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15876 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15877 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15878 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15881 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15882 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15883 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15884 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15885 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15886 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15887 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15889 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15890 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15891 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
15893 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15894 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15896 object_offset_in_bits
15897 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
15899 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15901 object_offset_in_bits
15902 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15904 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
15906 object_offset_in_bits
15907 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
15909 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15910 object_offset_in_bits
15911 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15915 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
15916 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15918 object_offset_in_bytes
15919 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
15920 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
15922 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
15925 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15926 associated with them. */
15928 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15930 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15931 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15932 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15935 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15936 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15940 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15941 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15943 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15946 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
15949 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15951 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
15952 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
15953 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
15954 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
15955 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
15956 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
15958 if (dwarf_version == 2
15959 || die->die_parent == NULL
15960 || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
15961 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
15963 else if (dwarf_version > 2
15965 && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
15966 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
15969 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15970 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15971 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15972 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15973 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15974 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15977 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15978 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15979 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15980 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15981 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15982 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15983 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15984 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15985 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15986 function below.) */
15989 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15991 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15992 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15994 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15996 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15997 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15999 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16000 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16001 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16002 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16004 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16006 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16008 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
16010 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16011 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
16012 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16014 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16015 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
16016 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16018 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16019 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
16020 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
16022 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
16023 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16024 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
16025 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16027 /* Extract the offset. */
16028 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
16029 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16031 /* Add it to the object address. */
16032 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
16033 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16036 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
16039 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
16043 if (dwarf_version > 2)
16045 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16047 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
16049 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
16054 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16056 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16057 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16058 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16060 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16061 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16062 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16066 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
16069 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
16073 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
16076 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16079 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
16083 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
16089 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16091 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16092 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
16094 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
16100 val |= *--src & 0xff;
16106 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16109 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
16111 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
16112 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
16114 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
16120 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
16121 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
16124 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16127 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
16129 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
16133 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
16134 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
16136 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16137 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
16139 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
16144 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16145 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16146 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16147 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16148 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16151 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
16153 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
16157 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
16160 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
16162 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
16167 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16168 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16169 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16172 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
16174 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
16176 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
16177 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
16179 insert_float (rtl, array);
16180 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
16183 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
16184 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
16190 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
16191 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
16192 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
16193 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16194 (length * elt_size);
16198 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
16200 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
16201 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
16203 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
16204 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
16206 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
16207 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
16210 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
16211 insert_double (val, p);
16216 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
16217 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
16219 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
16220 insert_float (elt, p);
16225 gcc_unreachable ();
16228 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
16233 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16235 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
16236 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
16238 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
16239 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
16240 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
16241 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
16242 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
16243 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
16249 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16250 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
16253 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
16256 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16261 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16262 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16263 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16264 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16265 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16266 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16267 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16268 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16269 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16270 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16271 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16279 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16280 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
16281 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
16283 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
16289 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16290 gcc_unreachable ();
16295 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16296 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16299 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
16300 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16302 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
16303 *walk_subtrees = 0;
16305 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
16306 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
16308 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16309 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16310 be conservative. */
16311 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16312 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
16314 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
16316 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
16317 if (!node || !node->needed)
16320 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
16321 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
16323 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16324 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16325 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16326 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16327 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
16330 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
16336 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16337 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16340 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
16342 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
16344 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16345 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16346 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16348 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16349 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16350 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16352 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
16354 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
16355 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
16356 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
16357 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
16358 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
16360 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
16361 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
16362 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
16363 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
16366 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16368 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
16370 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16371 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16372 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
16373 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
16375 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16376 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16377 reference variables which won't be output. */
16378 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
16379 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
16381 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16383 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16384 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16389 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
16391 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
16392 bool constant_p = true;
16394 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
16396 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16397 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16398 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16399 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
16400 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
16402 constant_p = false;
16408 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
16418 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
16420 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16421 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
16427 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16430 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
16434 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16435 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16436 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16438 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16439 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16440 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16441 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16442 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16443 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16444 referenced within the function.
16446 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16447 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16448 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16449 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16451 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16452 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16453 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16454 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16455 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16456 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16458 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16459 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16460 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16461 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16462 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16463 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16464 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16465 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16466 output at debug-time.
16468 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16469 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16470 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16471 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16472 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16473 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16474 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16475 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16476 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16477 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16478 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16479 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16480 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16482 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16483 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16484 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16485 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16486 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16487 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16488 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16489 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16490 I'd like to fix it.
16492 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16493 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16494 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16495 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16496 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16497 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16498 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16499 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16500 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16501 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16502 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16504 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16505 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
16507 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16508 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16509 fixed registers. */
16510 if (! reload_completed)
16513 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
16515 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16517 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16518 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
16520 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16525 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
16527 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
16529 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16530 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
16531 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
16532 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
16534 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16535 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16536 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16537 if (dmode == pmode)
16538 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16539 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
16540 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16541 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16543 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16546 else if (MEM_P (inc))
16548 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16549 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
16550 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16551 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
16558 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16559 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16560 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16561 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16562 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16563 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16565 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
16566 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
16567 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16568 /* Not passed in memory. */
16569 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16570 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16571 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16572 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16573 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16574 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16575 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16578 /* Big endian correction check. */
16579 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16580 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
16581 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
16584 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
16585 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
16587 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16588 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
16591 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16594 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
16595 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16597 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
16598 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16600 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16601 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16602 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16603 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16604 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16605 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16607 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16608 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
16611 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16612 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16613 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16614 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16615 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
16618 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16620 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16621 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16622 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16624 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
16626 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16627 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16629 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
16630 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16631 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
16632 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
16633 && DECL_NAME (decl)
16634 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
16635 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
16637 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
16639 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16640 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
16647 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16648 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16649 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16652 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
16654 tree val_expr, cvar;
16655 enum machine_mode mode;
16656 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
16658 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
16660 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16661 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16662 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16663 be handled as such. */
16664 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16665 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
16666 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
16670 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
16671 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
16674 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
16675 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
16677 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
16678 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
16679 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
16680 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16684 if (offset != NULL)
16686 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
16688 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
16691 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16696 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16697 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16698 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16699 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16700 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16701 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16702 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16703 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16704 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16705 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16708 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
16709 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16712 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16713 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16715 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16718 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16719 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16721 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16724 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16725 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16726 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16729 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16730 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16731 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16732 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16735 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16736 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16737 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16738 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16740 struct var_loc_node *node;
16742 node = loc_list->first;
16743 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16744 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16745 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16746 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16747 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16750 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
16753 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16756 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16757 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16758 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16761 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16764 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16766 deferred_locations entry;
16767 entry.variable = variable;
16769 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16772 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16773 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16776 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16780 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16784 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16787 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16788 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16790 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16791 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16793 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16795 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16797 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16799 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16800 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16801 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16802 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16805 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16810 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16811 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16813 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16815 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16816 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16817 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16818 constructor_elt *ce;
16820 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16821 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16824 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16825 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16828 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16829 memset (array, '\0', size);
16830 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
16832 tree val = ce->value;
16833 tree index = ce->index;
16835 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16836 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16839 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16844 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16847 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16848 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16850 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16851 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16855 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16856 curpos += fieldsize;
16859 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16863 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16864 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16866 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16867 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16868 constructor_elt *ce;
16870 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16873 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16874 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16876 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
16878 tree val = ce->value;
16879 int pos, fieldsize;
16881 if (ce->index != 0)
16887 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16890 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16891 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16892 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16894 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16895 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16897 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16898 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16899 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16901 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16907 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16908 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16909 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16911 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16915 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16916 attribute is the const value T. */
16919 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16922 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16925 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16929 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16931 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16933 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16934 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16935 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16936 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16938 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16939 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16941 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
16942 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size);
16944 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16946 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16954 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16955 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16956 variable with static storage duration
16957 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16960 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16964 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16965 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16968 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16969 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16970 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16975 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16976 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16979 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16982 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16983 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16984 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16985 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16988 static dw_loc_list_ref
16989 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16992 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16994 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16995 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16996 dw_cfa_location remember;
16998 fde = current_fde ();
16999 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
17001 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
17005 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
17006 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
17007 remember = next_cfa;
17009 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
17011 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17012 advance opcodes. */
17013 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
17014 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
17016 last_cfa = next_cfa;
17017 last_label = start_label;
17019 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
17020 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
17022 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
17023 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
17024 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
17025 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
17026 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
17028 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17029 start_label, last_label, section);
17031 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17032 last_cfa = next_cfa;
17033 start_label = last_label;
17035 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
17038 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
17039 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17040 gcc_unreachable ();
17043 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
17047 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
17049 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17050 start_label, last_label, section);
17051 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17052 start_label = last_label;
17055 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
17056 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
17058 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
17064 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17065 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17066 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17067 before the latter is negated. */
17070 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
17074 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17075 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
17076 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
17078 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
17079 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
17082 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
17083 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
17085 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
17086 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
17089 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17090 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17091 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
17092 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
17093 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17094 : stack_pointer_rtx));
17096 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
17099 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17100 the value of the attribute. */
17103 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
17105 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
17107 if (demangle_name_func)
17108 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
17110 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
17114 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17117 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
17119 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
17125 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
17129 wdlen = strlen (wd);
17130 wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2);
17132 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
17133 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
17137 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
17140 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17144 lower_bound_default (void)
17146 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
17151 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
17153 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
17156 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
17157 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
17158 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
17162 case DW_LANG_Python:
17163 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17164 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
17165 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
17166 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
17167 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
17168 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
17169 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
17171 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17177 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17178 a representation for that bound. */
17181 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
17183 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
17188 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17191 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
17194 /* Use the default if possible. */
17195 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
17196 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
17197 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17198 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
17201 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17202 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17203 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17204 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
17206 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17207 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
17208 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
17209 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
17211 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17212 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
17213 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
17214 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
17216 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
17217 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
17222 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
17223 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
17233 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
17235 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17236 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17237 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17238 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17239 later parameter. */
17240 if (decl_die != NULL)
17242 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
17250 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17251 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17253 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
17254 dw_loc_list_ref list;
17256 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
17257 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
17259 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17260 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17261 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17262 If that fails to give a single element list,
17263 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17264 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
17265 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
17267 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
17274 if (current_function_decl == 0)
17275 ctx = comp_unit_die ();
17277 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
17279 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
17280 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17281 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
17282 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
17283 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
17289 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17290 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17291 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17292 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17295 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
17297 unsigned dimension_number;
17299 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
17301 for (dimension_number = 0;
17302 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
17303 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
17305 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
17307 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
17310 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17311 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17313 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
17316 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17317 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
17318 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
17320 /* Define the index type. */
17321 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
17323 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17324 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17325 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17326 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
17327 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
17328 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17329 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
17332 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
17336 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17337 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17339 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17340 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17341 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17343 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
17345 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
17348 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17349 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17355 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
17359 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
17364 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
17367 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
17368 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
17371 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17372 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17373 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17374 even for bit-fields. */
17375 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
17378 gcc_unreachable ();
17381 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17382 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17383 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17384 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17385 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17388 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17389 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17390 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17393 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17394 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17395 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17396 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17397 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17398 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17400 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17401 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17402 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17405 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17407 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
17408 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
17409 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
17410 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
17411 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
17412 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
17414 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17415 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
17417 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17418 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17419 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17420 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
17421 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17424 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
17426 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17427 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17428 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17429 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17430 below must take account of these differences. */
17431 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
17432 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
17434 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17436 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
17437 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
17441 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17442 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
17443 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
17445 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
17448 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17449 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17452 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17454 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17455 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
17456 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
17458 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17459 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
17462 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17463 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17466 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
17468 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
17469 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
17470 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17473 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17474 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17477 static inline dw_die_ref
17478 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17480 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17482 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17484 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17485 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17486 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17488 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17489 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17493 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17495 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17497 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17500 if (DECL_P (origin))
17501 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17502 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17503 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17505 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17506 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17507 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17508 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17509 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17510 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17511 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17515 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17519 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17522 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17524 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17526 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17528 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
17529 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17530 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17531 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
17534 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17535 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17536 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17537 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17538 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17542 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17543 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17544 standardized it. */
17547 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17549 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
17551 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17552 if (name[0] == '*')
17555 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
17556 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name);
17558 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name);
17561 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17564 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17566 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17568 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17569 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17572 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17575 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17577 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17578 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17579 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
17580 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
17581 && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member)
17583 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17584 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17586 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17588 asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17589 asm_name->die = die;
17590 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17591 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17592 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17594 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17595 add_linkage_attr (die, decl);
17599 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17600 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17603 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17607 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17608 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17610 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17612 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17613 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17614 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17616 add_linkage_name (die, decl);
17619 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17620 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17621 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17622 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17624 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17625 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17626 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17628 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17631 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17632 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17635 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17637 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17640 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17641 die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17642 die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram;
17643 add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER);
17644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
17645 current_function_funcdef_no);
17646 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
17648 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17649 die->die_parent = comp_unit_die ();
17650 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child)
17652 die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib;
17653 comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die;
17657 die->die_sib = die;
17658 comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die;
17661 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17663 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17666 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17668 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
17671 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17674 pop_decl_scope (void)
17676 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
17679 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17680 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17681 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17682 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17683 the current active scope. */
17686 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17688 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17689 tree containing_scope;
17692 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17693 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17695 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17697 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17698 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17700 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17703 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17706 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17707 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17708 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17709 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17710 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17712 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
17713 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
17714 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17716 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17717 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17718 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17719 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
17720 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
17725 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17726 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
17727 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
17728 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
17729 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17731 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17732 if (scope_die == NULL)
17733 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
17736 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17739 scope_die = context_die;
17744 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17747 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17749 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17750 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17751 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17757 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17760 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17762 return (context_die
17763 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17764 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17765 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17766 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17769 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17770 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17773 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17775 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17776 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17779 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17780 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17781 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17784 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
17785 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
17787 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17788 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17790 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17791 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17792 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17793 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17794 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17795 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17796 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17798 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17799 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17800 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17801 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17802 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17805 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17806 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
17807 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
17810 if (type_die != NULL)
17811 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17814 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17815 function call type. */
17817 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17819 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17821 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17822 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17824 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17825 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17826 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17827 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17828 time being, following existing custom. */
17830 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17831 value = DW_CC_program;
17833 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17834 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17835 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17836 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17839 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17840 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17841 was declared without a tag. */
17843 static const char *
17844 type_tag (const_tree type)
17846 const char *name = 0;
17848 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17852 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17853 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
17854 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type))
17855 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17857 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17858 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17860 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17861 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17863 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17864 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17865 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17866 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17867 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))
17868 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17869 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17872 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17873 if (!name && t != 0)
17874 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17877 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17880 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17881 for bit field types. */
17884 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17886 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17887 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17890 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17891 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17894 static const char *
17895 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17898 const char *fnname;
17900 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17901 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17904 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17906 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17911 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17912 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17913 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17916 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17918 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17919 dw_die_ref array_die;
17921 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17922 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17923 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17924 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17925 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17926 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17927 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17928 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17929 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17931 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17934 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17935 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17936 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17937 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17939 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17941 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17943 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17944 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17945 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17946 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17948 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17949 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17950 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17951 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17953 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17954 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17956 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17957 if (loc && size > 0)
17959 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17960 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17961 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17967 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17968 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17969 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17970 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17973 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17974 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17975 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17978 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17979 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17980 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17982 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17983 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17985 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17987 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17988 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17989 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17990 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17993 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17994 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17995 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17996 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17997 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17998 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17999 for multidimensional arrays. */
18000 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
18003 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18004 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18005 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18006 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
18007 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
18008 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18011 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
18013 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18014 dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
18015 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node);
18016 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
18017 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1));
18020 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
18022 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18023 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18024 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18025 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
18026 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
18028 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
18030 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
18033 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18034 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
18037 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18039 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
18040 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
18043 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18044 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
18046 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
18047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
18048 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
18050 if (val == base_decl)
18051 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
18053 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
18056 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18058 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
18060 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
18061 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
18064 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
18067 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18070 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
18071 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
18073 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
18075 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
18077 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
18078 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
18081 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18084 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
18090 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18093 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
18096 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
18097 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
18119 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
18120 tree val, tree base_decl)
18122 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
18124 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
18126 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
18130 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
18134 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
18137 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18138 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18141 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
18142 dw_die_ref context_die)
18144 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18145 dw_die_ref array_die;
18148 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
18149 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
18150 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
18152 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18154 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
18155 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
18157 if (info->data_location)
18158 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
18160 if (info->associated)
18161 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
18163 if (info->allocated)
18164 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
18167 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
18169 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18170 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
18172 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
18174 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18177 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
18178 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18179 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
18182 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
18183 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
18186 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
18187 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
18188 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
18190 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
18191 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
18192 info->dimen[dim].stride,
18196 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
18197 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18199 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
18200 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
18205 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18207 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18208 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
18210 if (origin != NULL)
18211 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
18214 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18215 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18216 0, 0, context_die);
18219 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18220 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18222 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
18226 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18227 emit full debugging info for them. */
18230 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18234 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
18235 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
18236 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
18237 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die ());
18240 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18242 static enum dwarf_tag
18243 record_type_tag (tree type)
18245 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
18246 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
18248 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
18250 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
18251 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
18253 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
18254 return DW_TAG_class_type;
18256 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
18257 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18258 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
18259 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
18262 gcc_unreachable ();
18266 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18267 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18268 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18272 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18274 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18276 if (type_die == NULL)
18278 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
18279 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18280 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18281 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18282 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
18283 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
18284 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
18286 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
18289 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18291 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18292 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18293 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18294 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
18298 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18299 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18300 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18302 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18303 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18306 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18307 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18308 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18309 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
18311 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
18312 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18314 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
18315 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
18317 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
18318 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
18320 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
18321 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
18323 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
18324 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18325 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18326 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18327 values as if they were signed. That means that
18328 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18329 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18330 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
18331 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
18335 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18337 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18338 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18343 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18344 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18347 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18348 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18349 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18350 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18351 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18352 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18353 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18354 argument type of some subprogram type.
18355 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18359 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
18360 dw_die_ref context_die)
18362 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
18363 tree ultimate_origin;
18364 dw_die_ref parm_die
18365 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
18367 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
18369 case tcc_declaration:
18370 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
18371 if (node || ultimate_origin)
18372 origin = ultimate_origin;
18373 if (origin != NULL)
18374 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
18375 else if (emit_name_p)
18376 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
18378 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
18379 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
18380 decl_function_context
18381 (node_or_origin))))
18383 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
18384 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
18385 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
18388 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
18389 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
18390 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
18393 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
18394 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18396 if (node && node != origin)
18397 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
18398 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
18399 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
18405 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18406 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
18410 gcc_unreachable ();
18416 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18417 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18420 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18421 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18422 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18423 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18424 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18425 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18428 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
18430 dw_die_ref subr_die,
18434 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
18436 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18437 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
18440 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
18441 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
18443 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
18445 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
18448 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
18449 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18454 return parm_pack_die;
18457 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18458 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18461 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18463 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
18466 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18467 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18468 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18469 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18472 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18475 tree formal_type = NULL;
18476 tree first_parm_type;
18479 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18481 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
18482 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
18487 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18489 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18490 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18491 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
18493 dw_die_ref parm_die;
18495 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
18496 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
18499 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18500 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
18501 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18503 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
18504 && link == first_parm_type)
18506 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18507 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18508 add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
18510 else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))
18511 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18513 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18515 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
18518 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18519 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18520 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18521 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18523 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18524 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18525 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18526 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18527 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18528 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18531 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18532 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18533 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18534 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18535 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18538 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18540 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18542 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18543 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18544 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18545 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18546 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18548 dw_die_ref type_die;
18549 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18551 push_decl_scope (type);
18552 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18553 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18554 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18555 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18557 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18558 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18559 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18560 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18561 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18563 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18564 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18568 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18574 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18575 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18578 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18580 dw_die_ref old_die;
18584 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
18586 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18587 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18589 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18590 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18591 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18594 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18595 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18596 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18597 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18598 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18600 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18601 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18602 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18604 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18606 gen_type_die_for_member
18607 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ());
18610 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18611 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18612 current_function_decl = decl;
18613 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18615 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
18616 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
18617 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18618 if (! was_abstract)
18619 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
18621 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18622 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18626 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18629 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18630 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18633 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18638 type = (tree) *slot;
18639 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18641 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18645 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18646 through htab_traverse.
18648 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18649 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18650 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18653 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
18654 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18656 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18659 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18660 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18661 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18662 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18665 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18666 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18667 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
18668 if (node && node->needed)
18670 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18671 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18672 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18673 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18679 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18682 premark_used_types (void)
18684 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
18685 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
18688 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18691 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18693 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18694 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
18695 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
18698 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18702 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18704 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18705 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18706 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18709 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18710 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18711 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18713 premark_used_types ();
18715 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18716 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18717 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18718 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18719 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18721 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18722 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18725 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18728 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18729 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18730 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18731 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18732 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18733 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18734 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18736 if (origin != NULL)
18738 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18740 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18741 inline function. */
18742 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18743 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18745 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18746 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18750 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18751 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18753 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18754 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18755 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18756 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18757 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18759 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18760 something we have already output. */
18764 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18765 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18766 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18767 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18768 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18769 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18770 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18771 if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL)
18772 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18773 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18774 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18775 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18777 subr_die = old_die;
18779 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18780 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18781 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18782 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18783 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18784 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18785 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer);
18786 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18790 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18791 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18792 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18793 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18794 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18795 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18800 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18802 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18803 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18805 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18806 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18808 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18809 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18810 0, 0, context_die);
18813 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18814 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18815 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18817 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18822 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18824 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18826 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18827 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18828 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18829 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18830 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18832 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18833 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18834 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18835 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18837 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18838 later reused to represent definition. */
18839 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18842 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18844 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18846 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18847 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18849 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18853 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18854 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18856 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18859 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18860 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18861 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18863 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18865 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18867 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18869 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18870 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18872 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18874 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18875 current_function_funcdef_no);
18876 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18877 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18878 current_function_funcdef_no);
18879 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18881 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18882 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
18883 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
18884 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
18885 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
18886 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
18887 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
18888 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
18889 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
18890 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
18891 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
18892 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
18895 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
18897 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
18898 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
18899 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
18901 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
18902 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
18903 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
18907 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18908 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18911 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18912 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18913 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18915 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18916 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18917 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18918 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18920 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18921 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18922 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18926 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18927 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18928 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18931 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18933 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18934 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18935 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18936 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18937 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18938 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18939 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18941 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18943 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18944 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18948 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18949 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18950 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18952 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18955 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18956 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18957 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18958 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18959 by this displacement. */
18960 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18962 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18963 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18964 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18967 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18968 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18969 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18971 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18972 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18973 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18974 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18975 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18976 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18977 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18978 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18979 an ellipsis at the end. */
18981 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18982 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18983 its formal parameters. */
18984 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18986 else if (declaration)
18987 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18990 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18991 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18992 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18993 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18994 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18997 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18998 emit their relevant DIEs.
19000 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19001 as well as it being a normal function.
19003 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19004 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19005 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19006 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19007 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19008 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19009 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19010 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19011 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19014 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19015 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
19017 if (generic_decl_parm
19018 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
19019 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
19024 dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
19026 if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl)
19027 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE
19029 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19030 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
19032 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
19035 if (generic_decl_parm)
19036 generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
19039 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19040 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
19041 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
19042 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
19043 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
19044 parameters at all. */
19045 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19046 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
19048 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
19049 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19050 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
19052 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19053 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
19056 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
19057 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
19058 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
19060 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
19061 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
19062 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
19063 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
19064 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
19065 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
19066 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
19068 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
19069 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
19070 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
19071 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
19072 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
19073 constructor function. */
19074 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
19076 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
19077 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
19078 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
19080 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
19081 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
19083 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19084 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19088 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19091 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
19093 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
19094 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
19097 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19098 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19101 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
19103 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
19104 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
19105 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
19108 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19109 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19112 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19116 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19117 tree ultimate_origin;
19118 dw_die_ref var_die;
19119 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
19120 dw_die_ref origin_die;
19121 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
19122 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
19123 bool specialization_p = false;
19125 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19126 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
19127 origin = ultimate_origin;
19128 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
19130 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19131 of a data member. */
19134 dw_die_ref com_die;
19135 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
19136 die_node com_die_arg;
19138 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19141 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
19143 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
19148 /* Optimize the common case. */
19149 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
19150 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
19151 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
19152 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
19154 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
19155 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
19157 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
19159 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19160 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19166 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
19167 common_block_die_table
19168 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
19169 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
19171 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
19172 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
19173 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
19174 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
19175 if (com_die == NULL)
19178 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
19181 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
19182 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
19185 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19186 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19187 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19188 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
19190 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19191 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19192 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
19193 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
19194 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
19195 *slot = (void *) com_die;
19197 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
19199 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19200 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
19201 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19203 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
19204 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
19205 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
19206 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19207 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19212 /* Optimize the common case. */
19213 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
19214 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
19215 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
19216 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
19217 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
19218 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
19220 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
19222 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19224 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19225 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19226 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
19230 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19231 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19232 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19233 inside functions, though. */
19234 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
19237 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19238 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19239 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19240 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
19241 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19243 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
19246 if (origin != NULL)
19247 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
19249 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19250 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19252 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19253 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19256 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19258 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19259 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19260 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19262 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
19263 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
19265 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19266 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
19267 specialization_p = true;
19268 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
19270 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19271 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
19273 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
19274 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
19276 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
19277 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
19279 if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member)
19280 add_linkage_name (var_die, decl);
19284 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
19286 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
19288 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
19289 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
19290 decl_function_context
19291 (decl_or_origin))))
19293 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
19295 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19296 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19298 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
19299 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19302 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
19304 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19305 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19307 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19308 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19310 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl);
19314 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19316 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL))
19317 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
19320 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
19321 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19322 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19324 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
19325 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19326 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
19327 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19328 to add it again. */
19329 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
19331 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19332 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
19333 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19335 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
19338 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19341 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
19344 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19347 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19349 dw_die_ref const_die;
19350 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19352 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
19353 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
19354 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
19355 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19356 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19357 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19358 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19359 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
19362 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19365 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19367 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19368 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
19370 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19372 if (origin != NULL)
19373 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
19375 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
19377 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19378 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
19381 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
19383 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19384 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19385 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19389 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
19391 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19392 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19393 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19394 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19395 it if it ever does happen. */
19396 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
19398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
19399 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19404 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19405 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19406 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19409 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19411 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
19413 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19415 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
19416 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
19421 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19422 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19425 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19427 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19429 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
19430 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19434 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
19436 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19437 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19438 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
19441 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
19443 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
19446 add_ranges (chain);
19447 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
19454 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19455 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19456 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
19458 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19459 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
19463 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19466 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19468 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
19470 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19471 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
19473 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
19476 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19479 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19483 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19485 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
19487 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
19489 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19490 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19491 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19492 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19493 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19495 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19497 dw_die_ref subr_die
19498 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
19500 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19501 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19502 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19503 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19505 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
19506 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
19510 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19513 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19515 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19517 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
19520 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19521 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19522 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
19523 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
19526 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
19528 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19529 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19530 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19533 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
19534 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19536 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19537 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19539 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19541 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19542 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19546 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19547 Use modified_type_die instead.
19548 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19549 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19552 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19555 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19557 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19558 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19559 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19562 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19563 Use modified_type_die instead.
19564 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19565 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19568 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19570 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19572 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19573 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19575 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19577 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19578 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19579 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19583 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19586 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19589 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19590 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19592 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19593 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19594 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19595 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19598 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19601 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19604 char producer[250];
19605 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19608 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19612 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19613 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19614 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19615 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19618 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19620 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19621 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19622 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19623 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19624 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19625 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19626 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19627 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19628 strcat (producer, " -g");
19631 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
19633 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
19634 from the global list of translation units. */
19635 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
19639 const char *common_lang = NULL;
19641 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, all_translation_units, i, t)
19643 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t))
19646 common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t);
19647 else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0)
19649 else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19650 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
19651 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
19652 common_lang = "GNU C++";
19655 /* Fall back to C. */
19656 common_lang = NULL;
19662 language_string = common_lang;
19665 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19666 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
19667 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19668 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19669 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19670 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19671 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19672 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19674 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19675 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19676 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19677 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19678 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19679 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19680 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19681 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19682 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19683 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19686 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19690 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19691 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19692 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19693 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19694 lowercases everything. */
19695 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19698 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19704 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19707 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19709 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19711 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
19712 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19714 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19715 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19717 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19718 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19719 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
19720 if (access == access_public_node)
19722 if (dwarf_version == 2
19723 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
19724 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19726 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19727 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19728 else if (dwarf_version > 2
19729 && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
19730 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19733 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19736 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19739 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19742 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19743 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19744 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19745 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19746 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19747 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19748 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19749 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19750 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19751 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19752 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19754 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19757 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19761 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19762 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19763 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
19764 : access_public_node), context_die);
19767 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19768 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
19770 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19771 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19772 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19773 do put them in the right order. */
19775 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19777 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19779 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19782 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19783 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
19785 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19786 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19789 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19791 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19793 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19797 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19798 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19799 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19802 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19803 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19805 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19806 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19808 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19809 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19810 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19811 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19812 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19814 if (type_die && ! complete)
19817 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19818 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19819 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19822 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19824 if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die)))
19825 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19827 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
19829 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
19830 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
19832 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19834 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
19836 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19839 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19841 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19842 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19843 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
19844 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
19846 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19847 then give a list of members. */
19848 if (complete && !ns_decl)
19850 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19851 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19852 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19853 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19854 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19856 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19857 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19860 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19861 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19862 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19863 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
19865 push_decl_scope (type);
19866 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
19869 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19870 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
19872 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
19874 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
19875 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19876 lookup_type_die (vtype));
19881 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19883 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19884 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19885 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
19886 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
19889 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19890 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19893 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19896 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19898 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
19899 dw_die_ref subr_die
19900 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
19901 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19903 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
19904 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
19905 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19906 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
19908 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
19909 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
19912 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19915 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19917 dw_die_ref type_die;
19920 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
19923 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
19924 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
19925 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19926 if (origin != NULL)
19927 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19932 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19933 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19935 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19937 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19938 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19942 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19944 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19946 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
19947 an anonymous type, e.g:
19948 typedef struct {...} foo;
19949 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
19950 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
19951 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
19954 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
19955 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
19956 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
19957 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
19958 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
19959 anonymous struct DIE. */
19960 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19961 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19965 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19966 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19968 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
19969 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
19970 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
19972 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19974 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl);
19977 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19978 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19980 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19981 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19984 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
19987 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
19988 dw_die_ref context_die,
19989 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19993 if (type == NULL_TREE
19994 || !is_tagged_type (type))
19997 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19998 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19999 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20000 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20001 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20002 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20003 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20004 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20005 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
20007 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
20009 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20012 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20013 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20014 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20017 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
20018 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
20020 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20021 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20022 decls_for_scope. */
20023 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20028 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
20032 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
20034 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20035 declare_in_namespace. */
20036 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20037 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
20040 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
20045 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20046 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20047 when appropriate. */
20050 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20053 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
20054 enum debug_info_usage usage)
20056 struct array_descr_info info;
20058 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
20061 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20062 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20063 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
20065 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20068 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20069 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
20071 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20072 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20073 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
20074 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20075 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
20077 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20079 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
20083 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20084 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20085 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
20087 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20088 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20089 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
20090 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20091 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
20093 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
20097 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20098 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
20099 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
20100 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
20101 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20103 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
20104 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20108 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20109 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20110 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20111 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20112 cloned type itself). */
20113 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
20114 type = type_main_variant (type);
20116 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20119 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
20125 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
20126 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20127 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20128 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20129 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20131 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20133 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20134 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20135 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20136 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20140 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20141 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20142 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
20143 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20145 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20146 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20147 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20149 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20151 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
20154 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
20155 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20156 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20157 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20158 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
20162 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20163 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20164 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20165 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
20169 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
20173 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
20176 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
20179 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
20180 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
20186 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
20189 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20193 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20195 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20196 if (type_die == NULL)
20198 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
20199 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
20200 name = DECL_NAME (name);
20201 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
20202 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20203 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
20209 gcc_unreachable ();
20212 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20216 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20218 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20221 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20222 things which are local to the given block. */
20225 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
20227 int must_output_die = 0;
20230 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20231 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
20234 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
20236 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20237 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20238 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20239 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
20243 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
20244 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
20249 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20252 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20253 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20254 must_output_die = 1;
20257 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20258 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20259 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20260 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20261 as being a "significant" one. */
20262 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
20263 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
20264 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
20265 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
20266 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
20267 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
20268 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
20269 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
20270 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
20271 must_output_die = 1;
20274 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20275 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20276 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20277 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20278 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20279 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20280 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20281 if (must_output_die)
20285 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20286 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20287 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20288 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20289 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20290 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20291 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20292 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20294 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20295 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20296 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20297 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20298 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
20299 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
20302 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
20305 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
20308 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20309 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20311 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20314 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20316 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
20317 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
20318 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
20319 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
20320 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
20324 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
20325 add_child_die (context_die, die);
20326 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20327 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
20328 stmt, context_die);
20330 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20333 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20334 all of its sub-blocks. */
20337 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
20343 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20344 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
20347 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20348 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20349 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20350 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20351 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
20352 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
20353 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
20354 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
20357 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20358 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20361 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20362 therein) of this block. */
20363 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
20365 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
20366 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
20369 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20372 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
20374 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
20377 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
20378 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
20379 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
20380 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
20381 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
20382 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20388 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20389 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20392 typedef struct {...} foo;
20394 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20395 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20399 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
20401 if (decl == NULL_TREE
20402 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
20403 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20404 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
20405 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
20406 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20407 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20408 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20412 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
20413 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
20414 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20415 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
20418 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20420 static inline dw_die_ref
20421 get_context_die (tree context)
20425 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20426 if (TYPE_P (context))
20427 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
20429 return force_decl_die (context);
20431 return comp_unit_die ();
20434 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20437 force_decl_die (tree decl)
20439 dw_die_ref decl_die;
20440 unsigned saved_external_flag;
20441 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
20442 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20445 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20447 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20451 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20453 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20454 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20455 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20456 declaration die. */
20457 save_fn = current_function_decl;
20458 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
20459 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20460 current_function_decl = save_fn;
20464 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20465 gen_decl_die() call. */
20466 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
20467 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
20468 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20469 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
20472 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20473 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20474 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20476 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20477 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
20480 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL:
20481 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
20485 gcc_unreachable ();
20488 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20490 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20491 gcc_assert (decl_die);
20497 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20498 always returned. */
20501 force_type_die (tree type)
20503 dw_die_ref type_die;
20505 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20508 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20510 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
20511 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
20512 gcc_assert (type_die);
20517 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20518 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20521 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20523 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
20524 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
20525 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20526 /* Force out the namespace. */
20527 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
20529 return context_die;
20532 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20533 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20535 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20536 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20539 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20541 dw_die_ref ns_context;
20543 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20544 return context_die;
20546 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20547 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20548 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20549 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
20550 return context_die;
20552 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
20554 if (ns_context != context_die)
20558 if (DECL_P (thing))
20559 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
20561 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
20563 return context_die;
20566 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20569 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20571 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
20573 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20574 they are an alias of. */
20575 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
20577 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20578 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
20579 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
20580 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
20581 context_die, decl);
20582 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20583 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20585 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
20587 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
20590 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20591 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20592 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20593 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20597 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20599 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20600 dw_die_ref origin_die
20601 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20603 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
20604 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20605 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
20606 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20607 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
20608 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20609 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
20610 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20614 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
20615 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
20616 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
20619 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20621 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20622 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
20624 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
20627 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
20633 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
20635 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20636 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20640 /* Emit its type. */
20641 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20643 /* And its containing namespace. */
20644 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20646 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
20649 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20650 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20651 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20652 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20653 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20654 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
20655 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
20660 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20661 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20662 if (current_function_decl != decl)
20663 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20666 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20667 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
20668 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20669 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
20670 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20672 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20673 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20674 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
20675 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
20676 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
20677 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20678 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20679 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20680 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20682 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20683 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20686 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20687 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20689 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20690 have its containing type. */
20692 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20693 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20694 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
20696 /* And its return type. */
20697 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20699 /* And its virtual context. */
20700 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20701 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20703 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
20704 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20705 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20707 /* And its containing namespace. */
20708 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20711 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20713 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20717 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20718 actual typedefs. */
20719 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20722 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20723 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20724 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20725 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20726 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20727 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20728 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20729 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20730 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20732 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20735 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20736 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20738 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20739 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20743 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20744 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20749 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20750 variable declarations or definitions. */
20751 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20754 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20756 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20757 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20759 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20761 /* And its containing type. */
20762 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
20763 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
20764 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
20766 /* And its containing namespace. */
20767 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
20769 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20770 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20771 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20773 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20774 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
20775 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
20776 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20777 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20780 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20784 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20785 anonymous unions and structs. */
20786 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
20787 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
20788 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
20790 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
20791 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
20796 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
20797 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20799 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20800 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20801 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20804 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20805 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20806 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20807 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
20811 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20812 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
20819 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20820 compilation proper has finished. */
20823 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
20825 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20826 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20827 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20828 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20829 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
20830 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20833 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20834 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20836 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
20839 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20842 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20843 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20844 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20845 that DECL belongs to.
20846 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20848 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
20850 tree lexical_block,
20851 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
20853 expanded_location xloc;
20854 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
20855 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
20857 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20859 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20860 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
20864 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
20866 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
20868 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20869 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20870 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20871 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20872 if (!at_import_die)
20874 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
20875 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
20876 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20877 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
20882 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20883 if (!at_import_die)
20885 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20886 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20887 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
20889 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
20891 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20892 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20893 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
20894 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20896 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
20897 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
20899 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
20903 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20905 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20906 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
20913 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
20917 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
20918 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
20920 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
20921 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20922 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
20925 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20926 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20927 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20928 importing whole module. */
20931 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
20934 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20935 dw_die_ref scope_die;
20937 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20942 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20943 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20946 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20947 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20949 && TYPE_P (context)
20950 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20953 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20956 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
20960 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
20961 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
20962 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
20963 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
20966 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20967 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
20971 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20974 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
20976 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die ();
20978 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20983 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20984 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20985 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20986 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20987 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20988 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20989 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20990 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20991 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20992 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20993 with the definition of the function.
20995 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20996 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20997 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20998 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20999 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21000 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21001 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21002 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21003 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21004 that they *are* definitions).
21006 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21007 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21008 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21009 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21010 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
21011 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
21014 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21015 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21016 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21017 if (decl_function_context (decl)
21018 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21019 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21020 context_die = NULL;
21024 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21025 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21026 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21027 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21028 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21029 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21030 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21031 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21032 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
21035 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21036 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
21037 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
21039 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21040 variable declarations or definitions. */
21041 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21046 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21048 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21050 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
21051 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
21054 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
21055 case IMPORTED_DECL:
21056 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21058 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
21063 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21064 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
21067 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21068 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21069 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
21072 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21073 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21076 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21077 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21078 if (decl_function_context (decl))
21079 context_die = NULL;
21087 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
21090 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21093 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
21095 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21097 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
21100 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21101 a lexical block. */
21104 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21105 unsigned int blocknum)
21107 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21108 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
21111 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21115 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
21117 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21118 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
21121 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21122 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21124 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21125 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21126 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21129 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
21134 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
21135 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
21136 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
21138 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
21140 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
21141 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
21142 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
21149 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21152 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
21154 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
21155 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
21156 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
21157 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
21161 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
21163 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
21164 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
21167 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21168 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21169 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21170 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21171 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21172 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21173 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21174 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21175 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21178 static struct dwarf_file_data *
21179 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
21182 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
21184 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21185 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21186 if (file_table_last_lookup
21187 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
21188 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
21189 return file_table_last_lookup;
21191 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21192 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
21193 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
21195 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21197 created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21198 created->filename = file_name;
21199 created->emitted_number = 0;
21204 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21205 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21206 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21207 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21208 types, which may include filenames. */
21211 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
21213 if (! fd->emitted_number)
21215 if (last_emitted_file)
21216 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
21218 fd->emitted_number = 1;
21219 last_emitted_file = fd;
21221 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21223 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
21224 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
21225 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
21226 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
21230 return fd->emitted_number;
21233 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21234 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21235 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21238 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
21240 die_arg_entry entry;
21245 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
21246 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21247 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
21251 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
21252 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
21256 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21257 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21258 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21261 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21263 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
21268 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e)
21269 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
21274 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21277 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
21283 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
21287 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
21291 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
21294 struct indirect_string_node *node;
21296 node = find_AT_string (dname);
21297 /* replace the string. */
21298 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
21302 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
21305 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
21306 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
21307 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
21310 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
21313 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
21315 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
21319 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
21320 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
21321 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
21322 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
21324 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21325 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
21328 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
21331 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
21333 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
21336 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
21337 insnd_uid of *Y. */
21340 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
21342 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
21343 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
21346 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
21349 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
21351 struct vcall_insn *item = ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
21352 struct vcall_insn **slot;
21355 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
21356 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
21357 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
21358 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
21359 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
21363 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
21365 static unsigned int
21366 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
21368 struct vcall_insn item;
21369 struct vcall_insn *p;
21371 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
21372 item.vtable_slot = 0;
21373 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
21375 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
21377 return (unsigned int) -1;
21378 return p->vtable_slot;
21382 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
21383 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
21384 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
21388 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
21390 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
21392 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
21393 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
21394 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
21398 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
21399 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
21403 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
21405 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
21407 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
21408 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
21411 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
21412 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
21413 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
21414 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
21415 lowering to RTL. */
21418 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
21420 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
21423 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
21426 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
21427 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
21428 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
21430 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21431 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
21434 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21435 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21436 our lookup table. */
21439 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
21441 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
21442 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
21444 static const char *last_label;
21445 static const char *last_postcall_label;
21446 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
21449 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
21452 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
21453 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21454 don't do anything. */
21455 if (next_real == NULL_RTX && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21458 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21459 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21460 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21461 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
21462 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
21463 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
21466 last_postcall_label = NULL;
21469 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
21470 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
21471 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
21472 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
21473 if (newloc == NULL)
21476 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21477 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21478 create a new label and emit it. */
21479 if (last_label == NULL)
21481 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21482 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21484 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21487 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21488 newloc->label = last_label;
21491 if (!last_postcall_label)
21493 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
21494 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21496 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
21499 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
21500 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
21503 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21504 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21505 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21506 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21509 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
21511 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
21512 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
21514 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21517 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21518 and record information relating to this source line, in
21519 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21522 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
21523 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
21525 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
21527 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21530 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21532 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21534 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21535 if (flag_debug_asm)
21536 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
21539 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21541 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
21542 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
21543 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
21545 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
21546 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
21548 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
21549 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
21550 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
21552 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
21553 line_info_table_in_use++;
21555 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
21557 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
21558 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
21559 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21560 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
21562 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21563 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
21564 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
21566 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21567 separate_line_info_table
21568 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
21569 separate_line_info_table,
21570 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
21571 memset (separate_line_info_table
21572 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
21574 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
21575 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
21578 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21580 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
21581 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21582 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21583 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
21587 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
21589 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21590 line_info_table_in_use);
21592 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21593 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
21595 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21597 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
21598 line_info_table_allocated);
21599 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
21600 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
21603 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21604 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
21605 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21606 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21611 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
21614 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
21616 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21618 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
21619 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
21621 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
21622 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21625 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21627 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21629 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
21631 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
21634 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
21638 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21641 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21643 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21644 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21645 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
21647 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21649 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
21654 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21655 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21656 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21659 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21660 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21662 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21664 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
21666 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21667 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21671 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21672 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21673 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21676 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21677 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21679 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21681 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
21683 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21684 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21688 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21691 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21693 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21694 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21695 file_table_eq, NULL);
21697 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21698 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21699 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21701 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21702 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21703 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21705 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21706 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21708 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21709 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21710 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21711 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21712 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21713 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21715 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21716 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
21717 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21718 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21720 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21721 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
21723 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21724 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21725 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21727 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21728 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
21729 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
21731 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21733 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21735 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21736 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21737 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21738 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21739 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21740 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21741 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
21742 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21743 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21744 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21745 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21746 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21747 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21748 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21749 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21750 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21751 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
21752 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21753 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
21754 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21755 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21756 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21757 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21758 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21759 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21760 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21762 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21763 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21764 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21766 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21767 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21768 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21771 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21773 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21774 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21775 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21776 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21777 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
21778 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
21779 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
21780 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21781 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
21783 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21785 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21786 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21787 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21788 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
21791 switch_to_section (text_section);
21792 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21793 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21795 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21796 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21797 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21802 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21803 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21806 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21808 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21810 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21811 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
21813 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21817 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21818 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21821 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21823 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21825 if (node->label && node->refcount)
21827 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21828 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21829 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21835 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21836 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21839 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21843 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21844 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21846 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21848 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21849 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21852 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21858 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21861 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21862 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21865 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21870 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21872 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21874 /* A reference to another DIE.
21875 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21876 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21877 if (dwarf_version < 4
21878 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21879 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21880 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21882 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21883 accounts properly for it. */
21884 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21885 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21890 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21891 to DIE's children. */
21894 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21898 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21900 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21903 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21904 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21905 if (die->die_parent)
21906 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21908 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21909 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21911 /* If this node is a specification,
21912 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21913 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21914 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21917 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21919 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21920 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21923 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21924 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21925 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21926 for all type definitions. */
21927 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21928 || (dwarf_version >= 4
21929 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21930 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21932 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21936 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21937 and if so, mark them. */
21940 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21944 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21947 switch (die->die_tag)
21949 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21950 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21951 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21954 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21955 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21956 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21957 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21964 /* Mark children. */
21965 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21968 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21971 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21975 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21976 children have been marked as well. */
21977 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21980 switch (die->die_tag)
21982 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21983 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21984 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21985 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21988 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21989 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21992 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21993 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21994 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21995 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21996 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21998 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
22000 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22003 case DW_TAG_const_type:
22004 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
22005 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
22006 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
22007 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
22008 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
22009 case DW_TAG_typedef:
22010 case DW_TAG_array_type:
22011 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
22012 case DW_TAG_friend:
22013 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
22014 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
22015 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
22016 case DW_TAG_string_type:
22017 case DW_TAG_set_type:
22018 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
22019 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
22020 case DW_TAG_file_type:
22021 if (die->die_perennial_p)
22024 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22028 /* Mark everything else. */
22032 if (die->die_mark == 0)
22036 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
22037 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
22042 /* Mark children. */
22043 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
22046 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
22050 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
22055 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
22056 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
22058 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
22060 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
22061 twice in the hash table. */
22063 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
22066 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
22067 htab_hash_string (s->str),
22069 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
22075 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
22078 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
22082 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
22083 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
22085 if (! die->die_child)
22088 c = die->die_child;
22090 dw_die_ref prev = c;
22091 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
22092 if (c == die->die_child)
22094 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
22096 /* No marked children at all. */
22097 die->die_child = NULL;
22100 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
22101 die->die_child = prev;
22106 if (c != prev->die_sib)
22108 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
22109 } while (c != die->die_child);
22112 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22113 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
22114 decided to emit. */
22117 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22119 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
22121 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
22122 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
22127 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
22130 prune_unused_types (void)
22133 limbo_die_node *node;
22134 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
22136 dcall_entry *dcall;
22138 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22139 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
22140 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
22141 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22142 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
22143 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22144 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
22145 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22147 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22148 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22150 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22151 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
22152 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22153 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
22154 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22156 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
22157 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
22160 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22161 pubname_table or arange_table. */
22162 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub)
22163 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
22164 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
22165 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
22167 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
22168 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall)
22169 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
22171 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22172 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
22173 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
22174 else if (debug_str_hash)
22175 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
22176 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
22177 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22178 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
22179 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22180 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
22182 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22183 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
22184 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22185 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
22186 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22187 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
22190 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22193 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
22195 bool *p = (bool *) param;
22196 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
22197 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
22205 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22208 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
22211 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
22213 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
22218 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
22220 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
22221 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
22223 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
22224 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
22227 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22228 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22229 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22230 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22231 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22232 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22235 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
22237 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
22238 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
22240 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name
22241 || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
22245 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
22247 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
22251 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
22253 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
22254 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
22258 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22259 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22260 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22263 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22267 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
22269 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
22270 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
22271 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
22273 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
22274 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
22275 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
22277 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
22278 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
22283 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
22284 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
22285 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
22288 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
22289 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
22295 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22296 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22297 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22300 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
22302 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
22303 if (((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr || loc->dtprel)
22304 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
22305 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
22306 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
22307 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
22309 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
22310 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
22313 = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
22316 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
22317 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
22318 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
22323 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
22324 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
22325 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
22326 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
22327 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
22328 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
22331 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
22335 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
22338 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
22339 switch (AT_class (a))
22341 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
22342 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
22345 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
22347 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
22348 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
22350 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
22351 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
22356 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
22358 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
22360 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22364 case dw_val_class_loc:
22365 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
22367 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22371 case dw_val_class_addr:
22372 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
22373 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
22375 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22383 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
22386 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22387 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22390 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
22392 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
22393 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
22394 htab_t comdat_type_table;
22395 dw_die_ref die = 0;
22398 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
22400 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
22401 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
22402 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename));
22403 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
22404 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22405 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
22408 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
22410 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22413 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
22415 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
22416 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
22417 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
22421 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
22422 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
22423 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
22424 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
22426 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
22428 next_node = node->next;
22431 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
22433 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
22436 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
22437 else if (is_cu_die (die))
22439 else if (seen_error ())
22440 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
22441 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
22444 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
22445 nested function can be optimized away, which results
22446 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
22447 with the return type of that nested function. Force
22448 this to be a child of the containing function.
22450 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
22451 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
22452 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
22453 the function is likely unreachable too. */
22454 tree context = NULL_TREE;
22456 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
22458 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
22459 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22460 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
22461 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22463 gcc_assert (context
22464 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
22465 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
22467 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
22469 add_child_die (origin, die);
22471 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
22476 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22478 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
22480 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
22482 tree decl = node->created_for;
22483 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
22485 add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl);
22486 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
22490 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
22492 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22493 emit full debugging info for them. */
22494 retry_incomplete_types ();
22496 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22497 prune_unused_types ();
22499 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
22500 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
22501 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
22502 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
22504 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
22505 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
22507 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
22509 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
22510 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
22512 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22514 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
22515 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
22516 references to the main compile unit). */
22517 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22518 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
22519 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
22521 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22522 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22523 referenced. Prune them. */
22524 prune_unused_types ();
22527 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22528 that have children. */
22529 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
22530 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22531 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
22532 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22533 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
22535 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22536 switch_to_section (text_section);
22537 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22538 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
22540 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
22541 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22544 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22546 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22547 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
22549 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
22550 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
22555 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
22556 bool range_list_added = false;
22558 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22559 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22560 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22561 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22562 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22563 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
22564 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
22566 if (text_section_used)
22567 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label,
22568 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
22569 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
22570 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label,
22571 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
22573 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
22575 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
22577 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
22579 if (!fde->in_std_section)
22580 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
22581 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
22582 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
22583 &range_list_added);
22584 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
22585 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
22586 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
22587 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
22588 &range_list_added);
22590 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
22591 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin,
22592 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
22595 if (range_list_added)
22599 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22600 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list,
22601 debug_line_section_label);
22603 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22604 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
22606 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22607 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22608 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22609 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
22611 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
22612 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22614 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
22616 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22617 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
22620 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22621 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22623 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22624 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22625 debug_line_section_label);
22627 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
22630 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22632 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22633 has been emitted. */
22634 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
22636 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22637 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22638 output_abbrev_section ();
22640 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22641 if (have_location_lists)
22643 /* Output the location lists info. */
22644 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
22645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
22646 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22647 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
22648 output_location_lists (die);
22651 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22652 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22654 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22655 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22658 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22659 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22660 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22661 simply won't look for the section. */
22662 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22664 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22665 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22668 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
22669 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
22671 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
22672 output_dcall_table ();
22674 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
22676 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
22677 output_vcall_table ();
22680 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22681 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22682 if (fde_table_in_use)
22684 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22688 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22689 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22691 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22692 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22696 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22697 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22698 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22699 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22700 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22701 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22702 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22704 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22705 output_line_info ();
22708 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22709 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22711 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22715 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22717 if (debug_str_hash)
22718 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22721 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"